Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


(Mark One)

x Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended: February 3, 2007

OR

 

¨ Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number 001-32207

 


SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

California   94-2848099

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

1221 California Circle Milpitas, California   95035
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 262-9003

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, no par value   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

 


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, or an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨             Accelerated filer   x             Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   ¨     No     x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, no par value, held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $199,355,512 based on the closing sale price of $8.89 per share as of July 28, 2006. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director and shareholders known by the registrant to own 5% or more of the registrant’s outstanding common stock based on Schedule 13G or 13D filings and other information known to the registrant, have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

There were 22,903,930 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock issued and outstanding on March 30, 2007.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Items 10 (as to directors, audit committee financial expert and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance), 11, 12 (as to Beneficial Ownership), 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporate by reference information from the registrant’s proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007 in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the registrant’s 2008 annual meeting of shareholders.

 



Table of Contents

Sigma Designs, Inc.

2007 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page No

EXPLANATORY NOTE REGARDING RESTATEMENT OF OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   1

PART I

  

Item 1.

 

Business

   2

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

   10

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

   20

Item 2.

 

Properties

   20

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

   20

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   21

PART II

  

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

   22

Item 6.

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   23

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   25

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   45

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   46

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   46

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

   47

Item 9B.

 

Other Matters

   54

PART III

  

Item 10.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   55

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

   55

Item 12.

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters    55

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   55

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   55

PART IV

  

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   56

Signatures

   57


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

Throughout this report, we refer to Sigma Designs, Inc., together with its subsidiaries, as “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” “Sigma” or “the Company.”

THIS FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 2007, CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, INCLUDING STATEMENTS ABOUT THE CONTINUED STRENGTH OF OUR BUSINESS AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR FUTURE GROWTH, EXPECTED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, ANTICIPATED REVENUES, GROSS MARGINS AND EXPENSES, OUR ABILITY TO REMEDIATE OUR INTERNAL CONTROLS AND OUR AVAILABLE CASH RESOURCES. IN SOME CASES, YOU CAN IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS BY TERMINOLOGY SUCH AS “MAY”, “WILL”, “SHOULD”, “EXPECT”, “PLAN”, “INTEND”, “ANTICIPATE”, “BELIEVE”, “ESTIMATE”, “PREDICT”, “POTENTIAL”, OR “CONTINUE”, THE NEGATIVE OF SUCH TERMS OR OTHER COMPARABLE TERMINOLOGY. WE BELIEVE THAT OUR EXPECTATIONS ARE REASONABLE AND ARE BASED ON REASONABLE ASSUMPTIONS. HOWEVER, SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS BY THEIR NATURE INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES.

WE CAUTION THAT A VARIETY OF FACTORS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING, COULD CAUSE OUR BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED IN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS: ACTIONS BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR OTHER REGULATORY AGENCIES AS A RESULT OF THEIR REVIEW OF OUR STOCK OPTION PRACTICES AND DERIVATIVE LITIGATION OR OTHER ACTIONS RELATING TO THE FOREGOING OUR DEPENDENCE ON THE EXPANSION OF EVOLVING SEGMENTS OF THE CONSUMER ELECTRONICS MARKET; FLUCTUATING OPERATING RESULTS; PRICING PRESSURES; OUR ABILITY TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN QUALIFIED PROFESSIONALS; INDUSTRY COMPETITION; CHANGES IN INTERNATIONAL REGULATIONS; MONETARY AND FISCAL POLICIES; AND OTHER FACTORS DISCUSSED MORE FULLY IN MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND RISK FACTORS BELOW, AS WELL AS IN OTHER REPORTS SUBSEQUENTLY FILED FROM TIME TO TIME WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. WE ASSUME NO OBLIGATION TO UPDATE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.

EXPLANATORY NOTE REGARDING RESTATEMENT OF OUR CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

In this Form 10-K as of and for the year ended February 3, 2007 (the “2007 Form 10-K”), we are restating our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of our fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 as a result of an independent stock option investigation commenced by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors and other errors identified as a result of the audit of the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007, and the re-audit of fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005. This restatement is more fully described in Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements,” to Consolidated Financial Statements and in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” This 2007 Form 10-K will also reflect the restatement of “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” in Item 6 for the fiscal years ended January 28, 2006, January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004, and February 1, 2003. In addition, the Company is restating the unaudited quarterly financial information and financial statements for the interim periods of 2006, and unaudited condensed financial statements for the three months ended April 29, 2006.

Financial information included in the reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by us prior to September 21, 2006, and the related opinions of its independent registered public accounting firms, and all earnings press releases and similar communications issued by us prior to September 21, 2006 should not be relied upon and are superseded in their entirety by this 2007 Form 10-K and other reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or after September 21, 2006.

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

We have been providing video-oriented product solutions for over twenty years.

We have chipset and board solutions for emerging convergence products, including video over IP (IPTV), high definition (HD) DVD playback, HDTV reception, personal video recording (PVR) and video-on-demand (VOD). We specialize in silicon-based digital media processor chipsets. Our core technology allows us to offer highly-integrated chipsets that provide high-quality decoding of H.264, MPEG-4, MPEG-2, MPEG-1 and Windows ® Media Video 9 (WMV9) content. We sell our products to manufacturers of consumer electronic devices and products. Our products are sold worldwide through a direct sales force and distributors. We work with consumer electronics manufacturers and network service providers to allow them to deploy their IPTV services, digital media adapters, networked DVD players, and high definition televisions. These opportunities have led to technology investments in media processor chips, streaming video, digital rights management and a number of other technologies.

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol SIGM. Our corporate headquarters are located in Milpitas, California, and we also have a research and development center in France as well as a sales office in Hong Kong. In addition, we have sales representatives in China, Europe, Japan and Taiwan.

Our primary product groups include chipset and board solutions. Our chipset products consist primarily of video and audio decoding chips under the names of EM8400 series, EM8500 series, EM8610 series, EM8620L series and SMP8630 series for the IP video technology market, connected media player market as well as the PC add-in market. We began volume shipments in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 of our SMP8630 series chipset product, which is our latest solution in the IPTV, Blu-ray and HD DVD, HDTV, and Digital Media Adapter markets. This chipset product series represented 60% of our revenues in fiscal 2007 and 3% of our revenues in fiscal 2006. Our chipset sales increase in fiscal 2007 over 2006 was in part attributable to our customers having their products launch after successful initial trails. We believe our success with the SMP8630 series chipset product demonstrates our success in the recently emerging, high-growth IPTV and connected media markets. Our board products consist primarily of certain customized development boards that are sold into the Internet Protocol (IP) video technology market, connected media player market and PC add-in market and, more recently to a lesser extent, a series of PC based solutions using the NetStream and Xcard brand names. We also offer development kits, engineering support services, and chipset customization engineering development.

Our primary market segments are the IPTV, connected media players, HDTV, and PC-based add-ins. The IPTV market consists primarily of a range of consumer and commercial products that perform the distribution and receiving of streaming video using IP. The connected media player market consists primarily of a range of set-top and portable products that perform playback of local digital media stored on optical or hard disk formats. The HDTV product market consists primarily of a range of digital television sets offering high definition capability. The PC-based add-in market consists primarily of a range of decoding solutions for PC-based DVD playback and streaming video.

We were incorporated in California in January 1982. Our principal executive office is located at 1221 California Circle, Milpitas, California 95035. Our telephone number is (408) 262-9003, and our Internet website address is www.sigmadesigns.com; however, the information in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this report. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to such reports are available, free of charge, on our website under “Investors,” as soon as reasonably practicable after we have electronically filed such material with, or have furnished it to, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. The public may also read and copy any materials we filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington D.C. 20549.

 

2


Table of Contents

The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding us that we filed electronically with the SEC.

Please note that the financial information included in the reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by the Company prior to September 21, 2006, and the related opinions of its independent registered public accounting firms, and all earnings press releases and similar communications issued by the Company prior to September 21, 2006 should not be relied upon and are superseded in their entirety by this 2007 Form 10-K and other reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or after September 21, 2006.

Principal Markets

Our primary focus is to develop and market media processor chipsets for four classes of consumer products which are IPTV set-top boxes, connected media players, high-definition television, and PC add-in/other markets. Many of our chipset products are designed to be used in a wide range of applications within these appliances.

IPTV Set-top Boxes

Video delivered and distributed over Internet Protocol (IP) is emerging as an important product category for a growing number of consumer equipment makers.

We believe broadband Internet connectivity, highly compressed digital media, and a fundamental demand for entertainment alternatives are paving the way for IPTV delivered over DSL. New set-top boxes, many based on advanced codecs such as H.264 or WMV9 and advanced digital rights management (DRM), are being developed by telecommunications companies around the world to tap into the potential revenues streams that may be created by these products. Many international regions currently lack the cable infrastructure that exists in the U.S., thus creating demand for reliable high quality video delivery. We attempt to meet this demand by offering a chip with a set of features including high performance silicon and streaming video software. IPTV services are currently being deployed by two platforms, the Linux platform and the Microsoft TV platform. The new Microsoft TV platforms being shipped by AT&T, Deutsche Telecom, British Telecom, and other major carriers are currently being designed around our SMP8634 media processor chips. Similarly, the majority of our design wins in the Linux platform camp are based on the SMP8634 and include such carriers as Freebox, Hanaro, China Telecom, and others.

Connected Media Players

Connected media players are a range of devices such as high-definition DVD players (Blu-ray, HD-DVD, and others), digital media adapters (DMAs), portable media devices, and multi-function media centers. High definition DVD players are just now starting to emerge for the mainstream, being carried by the two new standards: Blu-ray and HD-DVD. High-definition DVD players with advanced video codecs have been a niche product of choice for entertainment enthusiasts for many years. We introduced the first DVD decoder chips supporting playback of MPEG-4 and DivX video, and have followed up with the support for WMV9, an important new feature for downloading content. We are a supplier in this segment and provide chips with the latest codecs (H.264 and VC-1), support for networking and local hard drives, and high-definition video output. Though our chips can be used for either major standard, at this time, we are heavily embedded in the Blu-ray camp, with six players being designed around our SMP8634. As we move forward, we expect volume to increase for high definition player products, which in turn will increase the revenues for our product line.

Digital media adapters are a new consumer product category which support distribution of video/audio content to television sets throughout the home using wired or wireless connectivity. DMAs typically work in

 

3


Table of Contents

conjunction with a centralized media center or gateway to offer ubiquitous digital media in home. We provide chipset solutions for DMAs, utilizing similar features developed for other media players and IPTV set-top boxes. Companies such as D-Link, Netgear, Sharp, I/O Data and LG Electronics are providing connected media player for the consumer market using our silicon solutions.

We also sell our chipsets for use in portable media devices. With ongoing technology improvements in media compression, wireless communications, and small form-factor storage, portable media players have quickly become the media-on-the-go equivalent of the cell phone. The trend toward hand-held players has already moved to the mainstream for audio, while new advanced video compression schemes are enabling the addition of movies, personal video and photos, for use on the road and within the home. We serve this market by selling media processors that offer the latest codecs in a highly integrated package along with low power consumption.

High Definition Television

HDTV sets represent a substantial and growing product category, currently selling in the millions of units, led by the U.S. market and moving overseas. New widescreen HDTV sets are being offered in an increasing array of forms using three primary technologies, which are liquid crystal display (LCD), plasma and projection, each providing its own set of advantages. We offer a growing line of high-definition media processors designed for flat panel displays and offer advanced display-processing features.

Our EM8620 series of digital media processor has been selected for use in high-definition plasma television sets from such customers as LG Electronics.

PC add-in and other markets

The PC add-in and other markets consists of PC add-in board and chipset products, engineering support services for both hardware and software, engineering development for customization of chipsets and other accessories. This is largely a legacy area for Sigma and not a focal market for penetration.

Industry Alliances

To meet customer needs for a complete system solution, we have developed strong relationships with leading suppliers of chipsets, system software and video servers/encoders. Companies that provide live encoders and server systems enable original equipment manufacturers to deliver complete solutions for IP video streaming applications. Our set-top appliance reference designs, in some cases, depend on vendors of processors, graphics controllers, video encoders, wireless controllers, and DTV tuners. Furthermore, stand-alone consumer appliances require a substantial amount of software and middleware, from vendors such as Alcatel, Siemens/Myrio, NDS, Syabas, or Microsoft, with which we also have strong working relationships.

Sigma Business Strategy

Our objective is to provide digital media processing chipsets that offer advanced features, high video quality, and rapid time-to-market for our target applications. We continue to invest in technology development as well as utilize our fundamental advantages.

We believe that our field-proven, decoder technology, now in our fourth generation of silicon and equivalent evolution of software, represents one of our competitive advantages. We continue to invest and build on six primary technology foundations to provide the highest quality digital video/audio solutions possible:

 

   

Digital video decoding including MPEG-1, -2 and -4 (H.264), VC-1, and WMV9;

 

   

Digital audio decoding including MPEG-1, -2 and proprietary formats, including Dolby ® Digital and Windows ® Media Audio (WMA);

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Advanced scene composition including advanced video scaling, adaptive deinterlacing, adaptive flicker filtering and prioritized alpha mixing;

 

   

Secure media processing for effectively protecting content and processing DRM algorithms, transport handling and conditional access;

 

   

Software clients for VOD and IP multicast and navigation software for DVD-video, DVD-audio, SVCD, VCD, CD and HDD playback; and

 

   

Standard-definition (SD) and high-definition (HD) solutions that share a common hardware and software architecture.

Recent Acquisition:

On February 16, 2006, we acquired Blue7 Communications (“Blue7”), which was a privately-held California corporation. Our subsidiary, Blue7, will focus on the development of advanced wireless technologies and Ultra-Wideband (UWB) semiconductor products.

We believe demand for wireless communication solutions continues to increase and escalate, and encompasses an increasing portion of the consumer electronics environment. While WiFi (802.11) solutions have largely satisfied the need for medium bandwidth data communications, it has failed to address the needs of an audio/video entertainment network which requires, enough bandwidth to handle multiple high-definition video streams while remaining within the price range of mainstream adoption. Ultra-Wideband (UWB) technology may offer such a solution, supporting a maximum data rate of 480 Mbps with high Quality of Service (QoS), low power consumption and competitive pricing. We believe that our focus on IP video and networked consumer products, the addition of wireless communication products and technologies from Blue7 will enable us to address broader solutions and increase our value-add in each product.

Sigma Products

We offer chip-level products that enable digital media processing solutions for consumer appliances. We believe our line of digital media processing chips features high video quality. We complement our silicon technology with embedded software, portable to a wide range of operating environments. Featuring VOD and media navigation clients, our software is available under Windows, Linux and WinCE operating systems. In addition, we develop and sell reference platforms designed around our silicon and software as application examples for customer development.

The following chipset products are sold primarily into the consumer appliance market:

 

   

The EM8400 series provides MPEG-4, -2 and -1 video and audio decoding for broadband interactive set-top boxes, including companies such as Fujitsu-Siemens, Acer and Samsung. The EM8400 Series represents one of the first MPEG-4 silicon solutions for the set-top box market.

 

   

The EM8500 series is the first solution for DVD players, portable media players and video endpoints to support MPEG-4 and DivX™. It is also the first to feature high-quality scaling to HDTV resolutions and support for DVI/HDCP. The unique features of the EM8500 series enabled the availability of networked DVD players and low-cost video endpoints, such as digital media adaptors and broadband network devices.

 

   

The EM8610 series represents the first HDTV decoder silicon solutions to also support MPEG-4 and IP video streaming. Designed for HDTVs and advanced set-top boxes, it also offers advanced audio and video processing and progressive DVD playback. The software-compatible EM8610L series addresses the more cost-sensitive SDTV and video endpoint markets.

 

   

The EM8620L series represents the first HD WMV9 decoder silicon solution and also supports DVD and HD MPEG-4/-2 decoding. Designed for a wide range of applications, this is the primary media processor sold into digital media adaptors and HDTV televisions.

 

5


Table of Contents
   

The SMP8630 series is one of the first chips to offer integrated support for H.264, WMV9, and MPEG decoding in a single system-on-chip solution. It is designed for IPTV set-top boxes, high-definition DVD players, and other consumer products.

As legacy products, we also offer a series of PC-based solutions, under the NetStream and REALmagic Xcard brand names, that are sold into the commercial streaming and PC add-in market respectively:

 

   

The NetStream 4000 and 2000TV are PC add-in cards featuring high-performance MPEG-4 and -2 decoding, bringing streaming video to most PC-based systems.

 

   

The REALmagic Xcard™ is a desktop PC add-in solution that plugs into a standard PCI slot, providing high quality DVD, MPEG-4 and DivX™ Video playback onto a standard TV or HDTV.

Major Customers

Major customers that accounted for over 10% of our total net revenues are as follows:

 

Customers

  

Regions

   Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006      Fiscal 2005  

Freebox SA

   Europe    20 %   —        —    

Uniquest

   Asia    17 %   26 %    15 %

Cisco / Kiss Technology *

   North America / Europe    3 %   Less than 1 % *    14 %

* Cisco, a North American company, acquired our customer Kiss Technologies, formally a European company, in fiscal 2006

Marketing and Sales

We currently sell most of our products through our direct sales force. We augment these sales through a select set of distributors and manufacturer representatives operating in different regions of the world. Our original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, have included Motorola, Cisco/SA/Linksys, LG Electronics, Samsung, Sony, Sharp, Pioneer, Panasonic, and many others. Our international distributors are strategically located in many countries around the world.

We generally maintain products for distribution through corporate markets based on forecasts rather than firm purchase orders. For our larger volume OEMs, purchase orders for delivery dates within 4 weeks are generally non-cancelable and non-reschedulable, greater than 4 weeks are generally reschedulable, and greater than 12 weeks are generally cancelable. We currently place non-cancelable orders to purchase semiconductor products from our suppliers on an eight to twelve week lead-time basis. Consequently, if, as a result of inaccurate forecasts or canceled purchase orders, anticipated sales and shipments in any quarter do not occur when expected, expenses and inventory levels could be disproportionately high, requiring more working capital and resulting in more pressure on our operating results.

International customers accounted for 90%, 89% and 86% of our total net revenues in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Revenues from our customers in Asia accounted for 53%, 82% and 65% of our total net revenues in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Sales to distributors are typically subject to contractual rights of inventory rotation and price protection. Regardless of particular contractual rights, the failure of one or more distributors or OEMs to achieve sustained sell-through products could result in product returns or delayed or uncollectable receivables, contributing to significant fluctuations in our operating results.

 

6


Table of Contents

Research and Development

As of February 3, 2007, we had a staff of 120 research and development personnel. These research and development personnel conduct all of our product development with the assistance of a number of independent contractors and consultants. We focus our development efforts primarily on three aspects: decoder technologies, including all forms of MPEG, H.264, VC-1, and a wide range of audio codecs; secure media processing, including DRM, conditional access, and secure data path; and fully integrated system-on-chip (SOC) solutions.

To achieve and maintain technological leadership, we must continue to make technological advancements in the areas of video and audio compression and decompression. These advancements include maintaining compatibility with emerging standards and multiple platforms, and making improvements to the current architecture.

During fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005, our research and development expenses were approximately $22.5 million, $15.0 million, and $12.3 million, respectively. We plan to continue to devote substantial resources to research and development of future generations of MPEG and other multimedia products.

Competition

The market for digital media processors is highly competitive. Strategic competitors are Broadcom and ST Microelectronics. Additional rival companies include Analog Devices, AMD (ATI Technologies), Conexant Systems, Genesis Microchip, LSI Logic, Mediatek, NXP Semiconductors, Pixelworks, Texas Instruments and Zoran Corporation. Many of these companies have higher profiles, larger financial resources, and greater marketing resources than we do and may develop a competitive product that may inhibit the wide acceptance of our products’ technology. We believe that other manufacturers are developing MPEG products that will compete directly with our products in the near future.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in the market for digital media processors include time to market for new product introductions, product performance, industry standards compatibility, price, and marketing and distribution resources. We believe that we compete favorably with respect to time to market, product performance and industry standards compatibility, and we may not be able to compete favorably with respect to price and marketing and distribution resources.

Licenses, Patents and Trademarks

We continually seek patent protection for certain software and hardware features and intend to do so for future versions. We currently have seven pending patent applications for our technology. Thirty patents have been issued to us. The termination dates of these patents range from 5 to 16 years. We cannot assure you that more patents will be issued or that such patents, even if issued, or our existing patents will provide adequate protection for our competitive position. We also attempt to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information through agreements with customers, suppliers and employees and other security measures. Although we intend to protect our rights vigorously, we cannot assure you that these measures will be successful.

Manufacturing

To reduce overhead expenses, along with capital and staffing requirements, we currently use third-party contract manufacturers to fulfill all of our manufacturing needs, including chipset manufacturing and board-level assembly. All of the chips used by us to develop our decoding products are manufactured by outside suppliers and foundries. Each of these suppliers is our sole source of supply for the respective chips produced by such supplier and we do not have guaranteed price or quantity commitments.

Our reliance on independent suppliers involves several risks, including the potential absence of adequate capacity and reduced control over delivery schedules, manufacturing yields and costs. Any delay or interruption

 

7


Table of Contents

in the supply of any of the components required for the production of products could seriously harm our sales of products and, thus, our operating results.

Backlog

Historically, our backlog has not been reflective of future sales, because of the short period of time between customer order and delivery of product. However, this has changed substantially over the past 12 months as we have engaged with larger OEM customers with higher volumes and more forecastable demand. As a result, the majority of our quarterly shipments are now based on longer range forecasts which are turned into firm purchase orders typically at 12 weeks from shipment.

Employees

As of February 3, 2007, we had 180 full-time employees worldwide, including 120 in research and development, 31 in sales and marketing, 9 in operations, and 20 in finance and administration.

Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified technical, marketing, engineering and management personnel, who are in great demand. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit, and we have never experienced a work stoppage. We believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of April 1, 2007:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Thinh Q. Tran

   53    Chairman of the Board, President, and Chief Executive Officer

Mark Kent

   47    Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary

Silvio Perich

   59    Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales

Jacques Martinella

   51    Vice President, Engineering

Kenneth Lowe

   51    Vice President, Strategic Marketing

Mr. Tran , a founder of Sigma, has served as President, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of the Board of Directors since February 1982. Prior to joining Sigma, Mr. Tran was employed by Amdahl Corporation and Trilogy Systems Corporation, both of which were involved in the IBM-compatible mainframe computer market.

Mr. Kent joined Sigma in February 2007 as Chief Financial Officer. From September 2004 to May 2006, Mr. Kent served as the Chief Financial Officer of Transmeta Corporation, a semiconductor microprocessor company. From February 2001 to January 2004, Mr. Kent served as the Chief Financial Officer in Residence of Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm, where he served as interim Chief Financial Officer for several portfolio companies. From April 1999 to January 2001, Mr. Kent served as Chief Financial Officer of Crossworlds Software, Inc., an integration software company. From December 1994 to March 1999, Mr. Kent served as the Treasurer of LSI Logic Corporation, a semiconductor company.

Mr. Perich joined Sigma in September 1985 as Director, Sales. In September 1992, Mr. Perich became Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales. Mr. Perich was a co-founder of Costar Incorporated, a manufacturers’ representative organization for high technology products, where he served as partner from October 1979 to September 1985. From September 1972 until September 1979, Mr. Perich served in several sales management roles at Siliconix Inc, a specialty semiconductor manufacturer.

 

8


Table of Contents

Mr. Martinella joined Sigma in May 1994 as Director, VLSI Engineering. In December 1995, Mr. Martinella became Vice President, Engineering. From June 1990 to April 1994, Mr. Martinella served in engineering and management positions at Weitek, a microchip manufacturer. In addition, Mr. Martinella was an engineer at National Semiconductor, a semiconductor manufacturer, from June 1982 to June 1990.

Mr. Lowe joined Sigma in May 2000 as Vice President, Marketing. In December 2000, Mr. Lowe became Vice President, Strategic Marketing. Prior to joining Sigma, Mr. Lowe served as the Director of Multimedia Marketing for Cadence Design Systems. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. Lowe served as the Vice President of Marketing for Chrontel. Prior to 1996, Mr. Lowe held various marketing management positions at Sierra Semiconductor, Datquest, Personal CAD Systems, Performix and Gould-Biomation. In the late 1980’s, Mr. Lowe served as Product Marketing Director of Sigma.

There is no family relationship among any of our directors and executive officers.

 

9


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer significantly.

The matters related to the review of our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our financial statements may result in additional litigation, regulatory proceedings and government enforcement actions, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our financial statements have exposed us to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory proceedings and government enforcement actions. For more information regarding our current litigation and related inquiries, please see Part I, Item 3- “Legal Proceedings” as well as the other risk factors related to litigation set forth in this section. We have provided the results of our internal review and investigation of our stock option practices to the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and in that regard we have responded to informal requests for documents and additional information. We intend to continue to cooperate with the SEC and any other governmental agency which may become involved in this matter. We cannot give any assurance regarding the outcomes from litigation, regulatory proceedings or government enforcement actions relating to our past stock option practices. The resolution of these matters will be time consuming, expensive, and may distract management from the conduct of our business. Furthermore, if we are subject to adverse findings in litigation, regulatory proceedings or government enforcement actions, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, while we believe that we have made appropriate judgments in determining the correct measurement dates for our stock option grants, the SEC may disagree with the manner in which we accounted for and reported, or not reported, the corresponding financial impact. Accordingly, there is a risk that we may have to further restate our prior financial statements, amend prior filings with the SEC, or take other actions not currently contemplated.

Also, in September 2006, we received a NASDAQ Staff Determination letter stating that, as a result of the delayed filing of our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2006 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”), we were not in compliance with the filing requirements for continued listing as set forth in Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) and were therefore subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Market. In December 2006, we received an additional letter from NASDAQ of similar substance related to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2006 (the “Third Quarter Form 10-Q”). In January 2007, the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel granted our request for continued listing, provided that we file a response with NASDAQ to specific requests for information from NASDAQ related to our stock option granting practices review as well as the Second Quarter Form 10-Q, the Third Quarter Form 10-Q and any required restatements with the SEC on or before March 14, 2007. In February 2007, we received a notice from the NASDAQ Listing and Hearings Review Council, which advised us that any delisting determination by the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel has been stayed pending further review by the Review Council. We have been given until May 4, 2007 to submit additional information to assist the Review Council in their assessment of our listing status. On February 2, 2007, we filed with NASDAQ a response to specific requests for information from NASDAQ related to our stock option granting practices review. In addition, immediately before the filing of this Form 10-K, we filed the Second Quarter Form 10-Q and the Third Quarter Form 10-Q with the SEC. We consider that the filing of these materials has remedied our non-compliance with Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14), subject to NASDAQ’s affirmative completion of its compliance protocols and its notification to us accordingly. However, if NASDAQ disagrees with our position or if the SEC disagrees with the manner in which we have accounted for and reported, or not reported, the financial impact of past stock option grants, there could be further delays in filing subsequent SEC reports or other actions that might result in the delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

10


Table of Contents

If we are unable to successfully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or otherwise maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis may be adversely affected, which in turn could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We have had ongoing material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting since the fiscal period ended January 31, 2005, the first year in which we were required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In September 2006, we announced that our historical financial statements should no longer be relied upon as a result of our preliminary determination of an internal review relating to our practices in administering stock option grants. As a result, we have been unable to report in a timely manner our financial results for the past three quarterly periods as a result of a voluntary review of our stock option grant practices. For the period ended February 3, 2007, we concluded that we had material weaknesses which resulted in ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, as further described in Item 9A, Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm reached the same conclusion.

Effective controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results could be harmed and the market price of our common stock could decline. We have initiated corrective actions, which we believe will help remediate each of these material weaknesses. However, we cannot be certain that these measures will result in our ability to maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. If these actions are not successful in addressing these material weaknesses or if we identify additional material weaknesses in the future, our ability to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis may be adversely affected. In addition, if we cannot establish effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our operating results are subject to significant fluctuations due to many factors and any of these factors could adversely affect our stock price.

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future due to a number of factors, including but not limited to:

 

   

new product introductions by us and our competitors;

 

   

changes in our pricing models and product sales mix;

 

   

unexpected reductions in unit sales, average selling prices and gross margins, particularly if they occur precipitously;

 

   

expenses related to our remediation efforts and compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

   

expenses related to implementing and maintaining a new enterprise resource management system and other information technologies;

 

   

the level of acceptance of our products by our OEM customers, and acceptance of our OEM customers’ products by their end user customers;

 

   

shifts in demand for the technology embodied in our products and those of our competitors;

 

   

the loss of one or more significant customers;

 

   

the timing of, and potential unexpected delays in, our customer orders and product shipments;

 

   

inventory obsolescence;

 

   

write-downs of accounts receivable;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

an interrupted or inadequate supply of semiconductor chips or other materials included in our products;

 

   

technical problems in the development, ramp up, and manufacturing of products, which could cause shipping delays;

 

   

availability of third-party manufacturing capacity for production of certain products;

 

   

the impact of potential economic instability in the Asia-Pacific region; and

 

   

continuing impact and expenses related to our stock option review and its resolution.

Our business is highly dependent on the expansion of young and rapidly evolving segments of the consumer electronics market.

Our business is highly dependent on developing segments of the consumer electronics market, which market segments include IP video set-top boxes, connected media players, and high definition televisions. We expect the majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future to come from the sale of chipsets for use in emerging consumer applications. Our ability to sustain and increase revenues is in large part dependent on the continued growth of these young and rapidly evolving market segments, whose future is largely uncertain. Many factors could impede or interfere with the expansion of these consumer market segments, including consumer demand in these segments, general economic conditions, other competing consumer electronic products, delays in the deployment of telecommunications video services and insufficient interest in new technology innovations. In addition, even if these consumer market segments expand, manufacturers of products in these segments may not choose to utilize our products in their products, but rather the products of our competitors. Moreover, market acceptance of the products of manufacturers that do utilize our products may not occur as expected. In any such case, our business would likely be harmed.

The average selling prices of our products have historically decreased rapidly and will likely do so in the future, which could harm our revenues and gross margins.

Our markets are characterized by intense price competition. The willingness of customers to design our chips into their products depends to a significant extent upon our ability to sell our products at competitive prices. In the past, we have had to reduce our prices significantly to meet customer requirements. We expect the average selling prices of our products to decline significantly over the life of each product as the markets for our products mature, new technologies emerge, and competition increases. If we are unable to reduce our costs sufficiently to offset declines in product prices or are unable to introduce more advanced products with higher margins in a timely manner, we could see declines in our market share or gross margins.

We depend on a limited number of significant customers, and any reduction, delay or cancellation of an order from these significant customers or the loss of any of these customers could cause our revenues to decline.

In fiscal 2007, Freebox SA accounted for 20% of our revenues and Uniquest accounted for 17% of our revenues. Our dependence on a few major customers will likely continue. The reduction, delay or cancellations of orders from major customers or the loss of a major customer could cause our revenues to decline and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any difficulty in collection from key customers could harm our business.

Our sales to OEM customers involve a number of risks, including price pressures, which could harm our revenues and cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly.

Our ability to increase sales and achieve continued profitability depends substantially on our ability to maintain a high level of sales to our OEM customers. Our OEM customers are not under any obligation to purchase a minimum quantity of our products. Also, even if we achieve new design wins with OEM customers, these manufacturers may not purchase our products in substantial volumes to recoup our development costs. Sales to any particular OEM customer fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and are subject to severe

 

12


Table of Contents

price pressures as a result of our competitors. Any reduction in sales to OEM customers could seriously harm our business. We expect that our sales to OEM customers will continue to experience significant fluctuations, which will cause our operating results to fluctuate as well.

Our industry is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete effectively. If we fail to compete effectively, our market share and revenues could decline.

The markets in which we operate are extremely competitive and are characterized by rapid technological change, continuously evolving customer requirements and declining average selling prices. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or potential competitors. If we do not compete successfully, our market share and revenues could decline.

We compete with large semiconductor manufacturers and designers. Most of our competitors have substantial experience and expertise in audio, video and multimedia technology and in producing and selling consumer products through retail distribution and OEM channels. These companies also have substantially greater engineering, marketing and financial resources than we have. Our competitors could form cooperative relationships that could present formidable competition to us. We cannot assure you that our technology will continue to achieve commercial success or that it will compete effectively against other interactive multimedia products, services and technologies that currently exist, are under development, or may be announced by competitors.

We have a history of operating losses and we could sustain future losses. We cannot assure you that we will continue to be profitable and if we lose money, our business may not be financially viable.

We have incurred significant operating losses in certain past fiscal periods, including in fiscal year 2006. In recent years, we made significant investments in our development efforts. We may not recognize the benefits of these investments. We were profitable for the fiscal year 2007. However, we may not continue to be profitable. We may incur operating losses in future quarterly periods or fiscal years, which in turn could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and develop products and product enhancements that meet those needs, or if those products do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to anticipate future market needs or be able to develop new products or product enhancements to meet such needs or to meet them in a timely manner. If we fail to anticipate the market requirements or to develop new products or product enhancements to meet those needs, such failure could substantially decrease market acceptance and sales of our present and future products, which would significantly harm our business and financial results. Even if we are able to anticipate, develop and commercially introduce new products and enhancements, our new products or enhancements may not achieve widespread market acceptance. Any failure of our products to achieve market acceptance could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We are a party to lawsuits, which are costly to investigate and defend and, if determined adversely to us, could require us to pay damages, any or all of which could harm our business and financial condition.

We and certain of our current and former officers and current and former members of our board of directors are subject to various lawsuits. For example, the SEC has inquired regarding our stock option pricing practices, and we have been served with lawsuits related to the alleged backdating of stock options and other related matters, a description of which can be found below in Part I, Item 3—Legal Proceedings. There can be no assurance that these or any actions that have been or may be brought against us will be resolved in our favor. Regardless of whether they are resolved in our favor, these lawsuits are, and any future lawsuits to which we may

 

13


Table of Contents

become a party will likely be, expensive and time consuming to investigate, defend and/or resolve. Such costs of investigation and defense, as well as any losses resulting from these claims, could significantly increase our expenses and adversely affect our profitability and cash flow.

If we fail to adequately evolve our financial and managerial control and reporting systems and processes, our ability to manage and grow our business will be negatively affected.

Our ability to successfully offer our products and implement our business plan in a rapidly evolving market depends upon an effective planning and management process. We will need to continue to improve our financial and managerial control and our reporting systems and procedures in order to manage our business effectively in the future. If we fail to continue to implement improved systems and processes, our ability to manage our business and results of operations may be negatively affected.

Our ability to develop, market and sell products could be harmed if we are unable to retain or hire key personnel.

Our future success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain the services of key executive, engineering, sales, marketing, finance and accounting, and support personnel. The supply of highly qualified individuals, in particular engineers in very specialized technical areas, or sales people specializing in the semiconductor industry, is limited and competition for such individuals is intense. None of our officers or key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any specific term. The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain key personnel in the future or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly engineers and sales people, and the complexity and time involved in replacing or training new employees, could delay the development and introduction of new products, and negatively impact our ability to market, sell or support our products.

If we fail to achieve initial design wins for our products, we may lose the opportunity for sales for a significant period of time to customers and be unable to recoup our investments in our products.

We expend considerable resources in order to achieve design wins for our products, especially our new products and product enhancements. Once a customer designs a semiconductor into a product, it is likely to continue to use the same semiconductor or enhanced versions of that semiconductor from the same supplier across a number of similar and successor products for a lengthy period of time due to the significant costs associated with qualifying a new supplier and potentially redesigning the product to incorporate a different semiconductor. If we fail to achieve an initial design win in a customer’s qualification process, we may lose the opportunity for significant sales to that customer for a number of its products and for a lengthy period of time. This may cause us to be unable to recoup our investments in our products, which would harm our business.

Our sales cycle can be lengthy, which could result in uncertainty and delays in generating revenue.

Because our products are based on constantly evolving technologies, we have experienced a lengthy sales cycle for some of our chipsets, particularly those designed for set-top box applications for the IPTV market. Our sales cycle typically ranges from nine to twelve months. We may experience a delay between the time we increase expenditures for research and development, sales and marketing efforts and inventory and the time we generate revenue, if any, from these expenditures. In addition, because we do not have long-term commitments from our customers, we must repeat our sales process on a continual basis even for current customers looking to purchase a new product. As a result, our business could be harmed if a customer reduces or delays its orders, chooses not to release products incorporating our semiconductors or elects not to purchase a new product or product enhancements from us.

 

14


Table of Contents

The timing of our customer orders and product shipments can adversely affect our operating results and stock price.

Our quarterly revenues and operating results depend upon the volume and timing of customer orders received during a given quarter and the percentage of each order that we are able to ship and recognize as revenues during each quarter, each of which is extremely difficult to forecast. The majority of our orders in a given quarter historically have been shipped in the last months of that quarter. This trend is likely to continue, and any failure or delay in the closing of orders during the last part of a quarter would adversely affect our operating results. Further, to the extent we receive orders late in any given quarter, we may be unable to ship products to fill those orders during the same quarter in which we received the corresponding order, which would have an adverse impact on our operating results for that quarter.

We are dependent on sole source and limited source suppliers for several key components, which makes us susceptible to shortages or price fluctuations in our supply chain and we may face increased challenges in supply chain management in the future.

With the current demand for electronic products, component shortages are possible and the predictability of the availability of such components may be limited. Growth in our business and the economy is likely to create greater pressures on us and our suppliers to accurately project overall component demand and to establish optimal component levels. If shortages or delays persist, the price of these components may increase, or the components may not be available at all. We may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build new products in a timely manner and our revenues and gross margins could suffer until other sources can be developed. We currently purchase finished wafers from a single source. The development of alternate sources for finished wafers could take at least several quarters and the qualification process could be difficult and costly. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantities and delivery schedules. In the event of a component shortage or supply interruption from these suppliers, we may not be able to develop alternate or second sources in a timely manner. If, as a result, we are unable to buy these components in quantities sufficient to meet our requirements on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver product to our customers, which would seriously impact present and future sales, which would, in turn, adversely affect our business. In addition, the development, licensing or acquisition of new products in the future may increase the complexity of supply chain management. Failure to effectively manage the supply of key components and products would adversely affect our business.

In the past, we have experienced production delays and other difficulties, and we could experience similar problems in the future. Our products might also contain defects that escape identification at the factory. This could result in unanticipated costs, cancellations, deferrals of purchase orders, or costly recall of products from customer sites.

We are dependent on contract manufacturers with whom we do not have long-term supply contracts, and changes to those relationships, expected or unexpected, may result in delays or disruptions that could cause us to lose revenue and damage our customer relationships.

We depend primarily on independent contract manufacturers, each of whom is a third party manufacturer for numerous companies, to manufacture our products. Although we have contracts with our contract manufacturers, those contracts do not require them to manufacture our products on a long-term basis in any specific quantity or at any specific price. In addition, it is time consuming and costly to qualify and implement additional contract manufacturer relationships. Therefore, if we should fail to effectively manage our contract manufacturer relationships or if one or more of them should experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations, or if we had to change or add additional contract manufacturers or contract manufacturing sites, our ability to ship products to our customers could be delayed. Also, the addition of manufacturing locations or contract manufacturers would increase the complexity of our supply chain management. Moreover, a substantial portion of our manufacturing is performed in Asian countries and is

 

15


Table of Contents

therefore subject to risks associated with doing business in these countries. Each of these factors could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We are required to expense equity compensation given to our employees, which has reduced our reported earnings, will significantly harm our operating results in future periods and may reduce our stock price and our ability to effectively utilize equity compensation to attract and retain employees.

We historically have used stock options as a significant component of our employee compensation program in order to align employees’ interests with the interests of our shareholders, encourage employee retention, and provide competitive compensation packages. The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted changes that require companies to record a charge to earnings for employee stock option grants and other equity incentives. We adopted this standard effective January 29, 2006. By causing us to record significantly increased compensation costs, such accounting changes have reduced, and will continue to reduce, our reported earnings, will significantly harm our operating results in future periods, and may require us to reduce the availability and amount of equity incentives provided to employees, which may make it more difficult for us to attract, retain and motivate key personnel. Moreover, if securities analysts, institutional investors and other investors adopt financial models that include stock option expense in their primary analysis of our financial results, our stock price could decline as a result of reliance on these models with higher expense calculations. Each of these results could materially and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to risks arising from our international operations.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from our international operations, and we plan to continue expanding our business in international markets in the future. As a result of our international operations, we are affected by economic, regulatory and political conditions in foreign countries, including the imposition of government controls, changes or limitations in trade protection laws, unfavorable changes in tax treaties or laws, natural disasters, labor unrest, earnings expatriation restrictions, misappropriation of intellectual property, acts of terrorism and continued unrest in many regions and other factors, which could have a material impact on our international revenues and operations. In particular, in some countries we may experience reduced intellectual property protection. Our results of operations could also be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations, which could increase the sales price in local currencies of our products in international markets. Overseas sales and purchases to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars. We do not currently engage in any hedging activities to reduce our exposure to exchange rate risks. Moreover, local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly from those in the United States. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or United States regulations applicable to us. Our employees, contractors and agents may take actions in violation of these internal policies and procedures or United States regulations applicable to us. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors or agents could result in financial reporting problems, fines, penalties, or prohibition on the importation or exportation of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Due to the global nature of our operations, economic or social conditions or changes in a particular country or region could adversely affect our sales or increase our costs and expenses, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition.

We conduct significant sales and customer support operations directly to our OEM customers and indirectly through our distributors in countries throughout the world and also depend on the operations of our contract manufacturers and suppliers that are primarily located outside of the United States. Accordingly, our future results could be materially adversely affected by a variety of uncontrollable and changing factors including, among others, political or social unrest, natural disasters, epidemic disease, war, or economic instability in a specific country or region, trade protection measures and other regulatory requirements which may affect our

 

16


Table of Contents

ability to import or export our products from various countries, service provider and government spending patterns affected by political considerations and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations. Any or all of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our revenue, costs, expenses, results of operations and financial condition.

We may engage in investments in and acquisitions of other businesses and technologies, which could divert management’s attention and prove difficult to integrate with our existing business and technology.

We continue to consider investments in and acquisitions of other businesses, technologies or products, to improve our market position, broaden our technological capabilities and expand our product offerings. For example, we completed the acquisition of Blue7 Communications in February 2006. However, we may not be able to acquire, or successfully identify, the companies, products or technologies that would enhance our business. Once we identify a strategic opportunity, the process to consummate a transaction could divert management’s attention from the operation of our business causing our financial results to decline.

If we are able to acquire companies, products or technologies, we could experience difficulties in integrating them. Integrating acquired businesses involves a number of risks, including but not limited to:

 

   

potential disruption of our ongoing business;

 

   

unexpected costs or incurring unknown liabilities;

 

   

diversion of management resources from other business concerns;

 

   

inability to retain employees of the acquired businesses;

 

   

difficulties relating to integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;

 

   

adverse effects on the existing customer relationships of acquired companies;

 

   

adverse effects associated with entering into markets and acquiring technologies in areas in which we have little experience; and

 

   

acquired intangible assets becoming impaired as a result of technological advancements, or worse-than-expected performance of the acquired company.

If we are unable to successfully integrate the businesses we acquire, our operating results could be harmed.

Changes in our tax rates will affect our future results.

Our future effective tax rates will be favorably or unfavorably affected by the absolute amount and future geographic distribution of our pre-tax income, our ability to take advantage of the available tax planning strategies and our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. For example, at February 3, 2007, we had federal and state tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $56.3 million and $4.5 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards may be used to offset future taxable income and thereby reduce our income taxes otherwise payable. Our use of the net operating loss carryforwards and credit carryforwards is limited by the annual limitations as described in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Our plans for continued international expansion may further limit our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards as our net income increases. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. The outcomes of these examinations, if they occur, could harm our net income and financial condition.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our growth strategy.

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. The timing and amount of

 

17


Table of Contents

our working capital and capital expenditure requirements may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including:

 

   

market acceptance of our products;

 

   

the need to adapt to changing technologies and technical requirements;

 

   

the existence of opportunities for expansion; and

 

   

access to and availability of sufficient management, technical, marketing and financial personnel.

If our capital resources are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity securities or debt securities or obtain debt financing. The sale of additional equity securities or convertible debt securities would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Additional debt would result in increased expenses and could result in covenants that would restrict our operations. We have not made arrangements to obtain additional financing and there is no assurance that financing, if required, will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices or existing taxation rules or practices may cause adverse unexpected fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.

Financial accounting standards in the United States are constantly under review and may be changed from time to time. We are required to apply these changes when adopted. Once implemented, these changes could result in material fluctuations in our financial results of operations and the way in which such results of operations are reported. Similarly, we are subject to taxation in the United States and a number of foreign jurisdictions. Rates of taxation, definitions of income, exclusions from income, and other tax policies are subject to change over time. Changes in tax laws in a jurisdiction in which we have reporting obligations could have a material impact on our results of operations.

Our business is subject to seasonality, which is likely to cause our revenues to fluctuate.

Our business is subject to seasonality as a result of our target markets. We sell a significant number of our semiconductors into the consumer market. Our customers who manufacture products for the consumer market experience seasonality in the sales of their products, which in turn may affect the timing and volume of orders for our semiconductors. Because the consumer market into which we sell our products is characterized by this seasonality, our operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter.

Due to the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The semiconductor industry is highly cyclical and subject to rapid change and evolving industry standards and, from time to time, has experienced significant downturns. These downturns are characterized by decreases in product demand, excess customer inventories and accelerated erosion of prices. These factors have caused and could cause substantial fluctuations in our net revenue and in our operating results. Any downturns in the semiconductor industry may be severe and prolonged, and any failure of this industry to fully recover from downturns could harm our business. The semiconductor industry also periodically experiences increased demand and production capacity constraints, which may affect our ability to ship products. Accordingly, our operating results have varied and may vary significantly as a result of the general conditions in the semiconductor industry, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We rely upon patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets to protect our proprietary rights and if these rights are not sufficiently protected, it could harm our ability to compete and to generate revenues.

Our ability to compete may be affected by our ability to protect our proprietary information. We currently hold thirty patents and these patents will expire within the next 5 to 16 years. These patents cover the technology

 

18


Table of Contents

underlying our products. We have filed certain patent applications and are in the process of preparing others. We cannot assure you that any additional patents for which we have applied will be issued or that any issued patents will provide meaningful protection of our product innovations. Like other multimedia companies, we rely primarily on trade secrets and technological know-how in the conduct of our business. We also rely, in part, on copyright law to protect our proprietary rights with respect to our REALmagic ® technology. We use measures such as confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property. These methods of protecting our intellectual property may not be sufficient.

We may face intellectual property claims that could be costly to defend and result in our loss of significant rights.

The semiconductor and electronics industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding patent and intellectual property rights. Any such litigation could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. In the event of an adverse result in any such litigation, we could be required to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology or to obtain licenses to the technology that is the subject of the litigation, and we may not be successful in such development or in obtaining such licenses on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, patent disputes in the electronics industry have often been settled through cross-licensing arrangements. Because we do not yet have a large portfolio of issued patents, we may not be able to settle an alleged patent infringement claim through a cross licensing arrangement.

Our stock price has demonstrated volatility and overall declines, and continued volatility in the stock market may cause further fluctuations or decline in our stock price.

The market for our common stock has been subject to significant volatility, which is expected to continue. For example, during fiscal 2007, the closing sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market ranged from a low of $8.24 on July 12, 2006 to a high of $27.69 on December 11, 2006. In addition, the stock market, in general, has experienced, and is currently experiencing, volatility that particularly affects the market prices of equity securities of many high technology companies, such as those in the electronics and semiconductor industries. This volatility is often unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of such companies. These fluctuations, as well as general economic and market conditions, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

If we fail to comply with or obtain waivers for covenants under our loan obligations, our financial condition could be harmed.

We have two lines of credit with United Commercial Bank, expiring in August 2007, which allow for borrowings of up to an aggregate of $15.0 million. As of February 3, 2007, we had no outstanding indebtedness under these loans. During August 2005, we also entered into a 30-month term loan for $0.5 million, which was used to purchase equipment for research and development. As of February 3, 2007, we had $241,000 of outstanding indebtedness under this loan. We are subject to certain financial covenants under the lines of credit and the term loan. We have on occasion, including as of February 3, 2007, been in violation of some of the covenants and in all cases, we have obtained waivers releasing us from our obligations to meet those covenants as of previous dates. It is possible that we may need such a waiver for future non-compliance and we cannot assure you that our bank will grant these waivers. If we do not meet these covenants and cannot obtain waivers, the lender could accelerate payments of any amounts due under the lines of credit and the term loan. To the extent we had borrowed amounts under these lines of credit and term loan and were required to repay them on an accelerated basis, it could substantially weaken our financial condition. If we do not have sufficient funds available to make full payment on the lines of credit and the term loan when required, the bank could foreclose on our accounts receivable, inventories, general intangibles such as patents and trademarks, equipment and tangible assets that collateralize the notes, which would harm our business.

 

19


Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We currently lease an approximately 40,000 square foot facility in Milpitas, California that is used as our headquarters. The lease on our Milpitas, California facility will expire in September 2007. In February 2007, we have entered into a new lease agreement for a new approximately 66,000 square foot facility in Milpitas, California in which we intend to relocate our headquarters sometime before the expiration of our current lease. The new lease will commence on June 30, 2007 and expire in September 2012. We also lease facilities for a sales office and warehouse in Hong Kong, and a research and development office near Paris, France. We believe our existing facilities, including the anticipated headquarters facility, are both suitable and adequate for our near-term needs.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are involved in claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We expect that the number and significance of these matters will increase as our business expands. In particular, we could face an increasing number of patent and other intellectual property claims as the number of products and competitors in our industry grows. Any claims or proceedings against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements which, if required, may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur against us, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on our financial position and results of operations for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs, and potentially in future periods.

Lawsuits related to our historical stock option granting practices

Certain current and former directors and officers of the Company have been named as defendants in several shareholder derivative actions filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, which have been consolidated under the caption In re Sigma Designs, Inc. Derivative Litigation (the “Federal Action”) and in a substantially similar shareholder derivative action filed in the Superior Court for Santa Clara County, California captioned Korsinsky v. Tran, et al. (the “State Action”).

Plaintiffs in the Federal and State Actions allege that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with the alleged backdating of stock option grants during the period from 1994 through 2005 and that certain defendants were unjustly enriched. Plaintiffs in the Federal Action assert derivative claims against the individual defendants based on alleged violations of Sections 10(b), 14(a) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rules 10b-5 and 14a-9 promulgated thereunder. They also allege that the individual defendants aided and abetted one another’s alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and violated California Corporations Code section 25402 and bring claims for an accounting and rescission. In the State Action, plaintiffs also allege that the individual defendants wasted corporate assets. Both Actions seek to recover unspecified money damages, disgorgement of profits and benefits and equitable relief. The Federal Action also seeks treble damages, rescission of certain defendants’ option contracts, imposition of a constructive trust over executory option contracts and attorney’s fees. The Company is named as a nominal defendant in both the Federal and State Actions; thus, no recovery against the Company is sought.

The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the Federal Action on the ground that the plaintiffs had not made a pre-litigation demand on the Company’s Board of Directors and had not demonstrated that such a demand would have been futile. The defendant directors and officers joined in that motion, and filed a motion to dismiss the Federal Action for failure to state a claim against each of them. The Company has also filed a motion

 

20


Table of Contents

to dismiss or stay the State Action in favor of the earlier-filed Federal Action. The defendant directors and officers joined in that motion. Pursuant to a joint stipulation, the court ordered that the State Action be stayed in favor of the earlier-filed Federal Action.

The Company has previously disclosed in press releases that the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has initiated an informal inquiry into the Company’s stock option granting practices. The SEC has requested that the Company voluntarily produce documents relating to, among other things, our stock option practices. The Company is cooperating with the SEC.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.

 

21


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select under the trading symbol “SIGM”. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock for each quarter in the last two fiscal years.

In September 2006, we received a NASDAQ Staff Determination letter stating that, as a result of the delayed filing of our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2006 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”), we were not in compliance with the filing requirements for continued listing as set forth in Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) and were therefore subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In December 2006, we received an additional similar letter from NASDAQ related to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2006 (the “Third Quarter Form 10-Q”). In January 2007, the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel granted our request for continued listing, provided that we file a written summary of our Audit Committee’s option review status with NASDAQ as well as the Second Quarter Form 10-Q, the Third Quarter Form 10-Q and any required restatements with the SEC on or before March 14, 2007. In February 2007, we received a notice from the NASDAQ Listing and Hearings Review Council which advised us that any delisting determination by the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel has been stayed pending further review by the NASDAQ Review Council. We have been given until May 4, 2007 to submit additional information to assist the NASDAQ Review Council in their assessment of our listing status. On February 2, 2007, we filed a written summary of the status of our Audit Committee’s review with NASDAQ. In addition, on April 20, 2007, we filed this 2007 Form 10-K and the Second Quarter Form 10-Q and the Third Quarter Form 10-Q with the SEC. We consider that the filing of these materials has remedied our non-compliance with Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14), subject to NASDAQ’s affirmative completion of its compliance protocols and its notification to us accordingly. However, if NASDAQ disagrees with our position or if the SEC disagrees with the manner in which we have accounted for and reported, or not reported, the financial impact of past stock option grants, there could be further delays in filing subsequent SEC reports or other actions that might result in delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

     Fiscal 2007    Fiscal 2006
     High    Low    High    Low

First fiscal quarter

   $ 16.60    $ 12.93    $ 12.45    $ 7.49

Second fiscal quarter

     14.70      8.24      8.94      6.31

Third fiscal quarter

     19.22      8.71      12.50      7.70

Fourth fiscal quarter

     27.69      19.02      17.05      10.74

Shareholders

As of April 19, 2007, we had approximately 13,020 shareholders of record.

Dividends

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not plan to pay cash dividends to our common shareholders in the foreseeable future.

 

22


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the notes related thereto, and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, and January 29, 2005 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006 have been derived from and should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended January 31, 2004 and February 01, 2003 and the consolidated balance sheets data as of January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004, February 01, 2003 are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements which are not included herein and have been adjusted to reflect the restatement of the Company’s financial results, which is more fully described in the “Explanatory Note” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1 and in Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements” in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.

The Company has not amended its previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods affected by this restatement. The financial information that has been previously filed or otherwise reported for these periods is superseded by the information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the financial statements and related financial information contained in such previously-filed reports should not be relied upon.

Reclassifications have been made to prior year balances to conform to the current year presentation. For a complete description of matter affecting the results in the tables below, see Note 1 to the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8.

 

     Fiscal Years Ended  
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
    January 31,
2004
    February 1,
2003
 
          (As Restated)
(1)
    (As Restated)
(1)
    (As Restated)
(2)
    (As Restated)
(2)
 
                      (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Net revenues

   $ 91,218    $ 33,320     $ 31,398     $ 30,559     $ 18,139  

Income (loss) from operations

     5,857      (4,569 )     (356 )     (841 )     (7,249 )

Net income (loss)

     6,244      (1,561 )     (125 )     (663 )     (7,410 )

Basic net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.28    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.45 )

Diluted net income (loss) per share

   $ 0.24    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.45 )

 

     As of
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005
   January 31,
2004
   February 1,
2003
          (As Restated)
(1)
   (As Restated)
(2)
   (As Restated)
(2)
   (As Restated)
(2)
              

(In thousands)

   (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

              

Working capital

   $ 38,784    $ 27,826    $ 22,305    $ 22,516    $ 3,403

Total assets

     76,084      40,357      35,662      30,703      22,081

Shareholders’ equity

   $ 52,972    $ 30,677    $ 27,781    $ 25,167    $ 5,410

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2)

The Selected Consolidated Statement of Operations Data for fiscal 2004 and 2003 and the Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004, and February 1, 2003 have been restated to reflect adjustments related to stock-based compensation expense and the associated tax impact as

 

23


Table of Contents
 

well as the correction of other matters as further described in the “Explanatory Note” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1 and Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

   

Fiscal Year Ended

January 29, 2005

   

Fiscal Year Ended

January 31, 2004

   

Fiscal Year Ended

February 1, 2003

 
   

As
Previously
Reported

  Adjust-
ments
    As Restated
(Unaudited)
    As
Previously
Reported
  Adjust-
ments
    As Restated
(Unaudited)
    As
Previously
Reported
    Adjust-
ments
    As Restated
(Unaudited)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                 

Net revenues

  $ 31,437     (39 )   $ 31,398     $ 30,520   $ 39     $ 30,559     $ 18,139     $ —       $ 18,139  

Income (loss) from Operations

    1,249     (1,605 )     (356 )     1,514     (2,355 )     (841 )     (5,847 )     (1,402 )     (7,249 )

Net income (loss)

    1,840     (1,965 )     (125 )     1,543     (2,206 )     (663 )     (6,057 )     (1,353 )     (7,410 )

Diluted net income (loss) per share

  $ 0.08   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.07   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.37 )   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.45 )

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                 

Working capital

  $ 23,998     (1,693 )     22,305     $ 23,868   $ (1,352 )   $ 22,516     $ 4,459     $ (1,056 )   $ 3,403  

Total assets

    34,937     615       35,552       29,792     911       30,703       21,417       664       22,081  

Shareholders’ equity

    29,112     (1,328 )     27,784     $ 26,022   $ (855 )   $ 25,167     $ 5,802     $ (392 )   $ 5,410  

Information reconciling financial data as of and for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006 is included in Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this 2007 Form 10-K.

The following table presents details of the total stock-based compensation expense that are included in each functional line item in the consolidated statements of operations data above:

 

     Fiscal Years Ended (1)
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005
   January 31,
2004
   February 1,
2003
     (in thousands)

Supplemental Data on Stock-Based Compensation Expense:

              

Cost of revenue

   $ 380    $ 84    $ 101    $ 169    $ 192

Research and development

     2,685      650      595      594      526

Selling and marketing

     825      353      344      416      369

General and administrative

     1,246      495      436      450      264
                                  
   $ 5,136    $ 1,582    $ 1,476    $ 1,629    $ 1,351
                                  

(1) The amounts included in fiscal 2007 reflect the adoption of SFAS 123(R), effective January 29, 2006. Had the Company applied the fair value recognition provision of SFAS 123, Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), in prior periods, net losses of $(3.4 million), $(2.1 million), $(2.4 million), and $(8.2 million) in fiscal 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively, would have been reported.

 

24


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Except for historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements, which include, among other things, statements regarding our capital resources and needs (including the adequacy of our current cash reserves and access to our lines of credit) and statements regarding our anticipated revenues from sales of our board, chipset and other products in general and more particularly to customers in the internet protocol (IP) video application market, connected media player market, high definition television (HDTV) market and personal computer (PC) add-in and other markets; statements regarding our long-term investments; gross margins; sales and marketing expenses; research and development expenses and general and administrative expenses, and statements involving our expected future receipt of incentive payments, involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors, Operating Results, and Financial Condition”

Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements

In this 2007 Form 10-K, we are restating our consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2006 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of our fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 as a result of an internal stock option investigation commenced by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (“Board”) and other errors identified as a result of the audit of the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007, and the re-audit of fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005. This restatement is more fully described in Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements,” to Consolidated Financial Statements. This 2007 Form 10-K will also reflect the restatement of “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” in Item 6 for the fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, January 31, 2004, and February 1, 2003. In addition, the Company is restating the unaudited quarterly financial information and financial statements for the interim periods of 2006, and unaudited condensed financial statements for the three months ended April 29, 2006.

Financial information included in the reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by us prior to September 21, 2006, and the related opinions of the independent registered public accounting firms, and all earnings press releases and similar communications issued by us prior to September 21, 2006 should not be relied upon and are superseded in their entirety by this 2007 Form 10-K and other reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by us with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or after September 21, 2006.

Background/Stock Option Investigation

We previously disclosed, on July 26, 2006, that the Audit Committee of our Board had commenced an internal investigation, assisted by outside legal counsel and accounting experts, of our practices related to historical stock option grants. During the investigation, the Audit Committee reviewed stock option grants to officers, directors and employees from 1997 to 2006 encompassing approximately 1,000 grants on 41 different grant dates. On September 21, 2006, we announced that certain of the actual measurement dates for prior option grants may differ from the recorded measurement dates.

The Audit Committee concluded its investigation in April 2007. Its investigation found that nearly all of the stock option grants for new hires, as well as for promotion and retention, were approved by the use of Unanimous Written Consents (“UWC” or “UWCs”) of the Company’s Board, rather than at a Board meeting. The Audit Committee found that the Company’s process resulted in grant dates on the UWCs routinely established before

 

25


Table of Contents

the receipt of fully-signed UWCs authorizing such grants. The Audit Committee also found that due to these and other deficiencies in the administration of our stock option plans, a number of options grants between 1997 and 2006 were misdated.

The Audit Committee has concluded that the stock option grant process, including the UWC process described above, reflected management’s lack of appreciation of the legal and accounting standards of the stock option grant process and the erroneous belief that dates other than the stated grant date were, at best, administrative in nature and not governing. Based on the quarterly low price points of the option grants, and absent any objective documentation to the contrary, the Audit Committee has also speculated that the ultimate selection of the grant dates stated on the UWCs may have benefited from limited hindsight, but it has not found any conclusive evidence to this effect. The Audit Committee did not find any evidence of intent to deceive or to destroy or alter documents or to obstruct or impede the investigation in any way.

As a result of the review, the Audit Committee recommended the prompt hiring of a CFO with extensive public experience and GAAP knowledge. A new CFO joined the Company on February 8, 2007. The Audit Committee also recommended the following changes to the process by which the Company grants stock options, which the Company has commenced implementing:

 

  1. Require approval of all option grants at a Board meeting and that UWCs no longer be used.

 

  2. Improvement in Internal Controls:

 

   

Revise stock option documentation and create appropriate controls for annual, new hire and promotion option grant preparation, presentation for approval, entry into Equity Edge stock option database, and notification to employees.

 

   

Adopt specific internal control that all internal approvals for stock option grants be obtained prior to presentation to the Compensation Committee or Board action.

 

   

Develop an annual plan for issuance of options together with guidelines for the number and types of stock option awards that are offered to the different salary grades, which shall be reviewed and approved annually by the Compensation Committee after or in connection with the Board’s approval of the annual business plan.

 

  3. Training: The Company, under the direction of the CFO, will establish cross-functional training for personnel in all areas associated with the stock option granting process:

 

   

The training will cover (i) stock option and other equity award programs and related improvements to equity compensation controls, processes and procedures, (ii) accounting implications of equity award grants, and (iii) legal and tax implications of equity award grants.

 

   

The Company will require that all personnel responsible for stock option administration participate in training at least annually, including (i) Chief Executive Officer and all direct reports, (ii) finance department members, (iii) HR department members, (iv) stock administration department members, and (v) all new employees involved in the above-listed functions or roles.

Because of the time required to complete our internal investigation and determine the appropriate accounting treatment, we have been delinquent in filing our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the three month period ended July 29, 2006 and the three month period ended October 28, 2006. Those reports have been filed concurrently with this 2007 Form 10-K.

Related to the special investigation and financial statement restatements through the filing date of all delinquent filings, we have incurred approximately $1.7 million in costs for legal fees, external audit firm fees, and external consulting fees through fiscal year ended February 3, 2007, and expect to incur approximately $1.4 million of additional fees.

 

26


Table of Contents

Accounting Considerations—Stock-Based Compensation

We originally accounted for all employee, officer and director stock option grants as fixed grants under APB 25, using a measurement date of the recorded grant date. We issued all grants with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the recorded grant date, and therefore originally recorded no stock-based compensation expense.

As a result of the findings of the investigation conducted by the Audit Committee and our own further review of our stock option granting practices, we determined that, although fixed accounting under APB 25 was appropriate, the measurement dates for certain stock option grants differed from the recorded grant dates for such grants. In some instances, we were only able to locate sufficient evidence to identify the measurement date described in APB 25, the first date on which both the number of shares that an individual employee was entitled to receive and the exercise price were known, within a range of possible dates. As a result, we developed a methodology to establish the revised measurement date as our estimate of the first date on which both the number of shares that an individual employee was entitled to receive and the exercise price were known with finality. Using the methodology described below, we concluded that it was appropriate to revise the measurement dates for these grants based upon our findings, and we refer to these revised measurement dates as the “Deemed Measurement Dates”.

We calculated stock-based compensation expense under APB 25 based upon the intrinsic value as of the Deemed Measurement Dates of stock option awards determined to be “fixed” under APB 25 and the vesting provisions of the underlying options. We calculated the intrinsic value on the Deemed Measurement Date as the closing price of our common stock on such date as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, now the Nasdaq Global Market, less the exercise price per share of common stock as stated in the underlying stock option agreement, multiplied by the number of shares subject to such stock option award. We recognized these amounts as compensation expense over the vesting period of the underlying options (generally four years).

The methodology developed by such advisor was used by us, with such advisor’s assistance, to determine the Deemed Measurement Dates associated with prior stock option grants was as follows:

New Hire Non-Officer Employee Stock Options Effective January 2006 —Effective January 2006, we amended our practice of granting options to new hire non-officer employees to grant all such options at the end of the quarter in which the employee was hired. Accordingly, we determined the Deemed Measurement Date for each of these grants to be the last business day of the quarter of the employee’s quarter of hire, because it was determined to be the first date when the number of shares and the price of each grant were known with finality.

All Other Stock Options —We determined the Deemed Measurement Dates for all stock option grants other than those described above to be either the Approval Date or the Communication Date for the stock option grant. The Approval Date was used in each case that it was reliably determined, and the Communication Date was used in those cases where the “Approval Date” could not be determined or was determined to be unreliable.

The “Approval Date” for the stock option was the date set forth in executed minutes or a fully-executed consent of the board of directors or stock option committee, provided that (1) documentary evidence existed that the allocation of shares had been finalized on such date, and (2) the “Communication Date” for the stock option was within 30 days of the Approval Date.

The “Communication Date” for the stock option was the date we determined the key terms of the option (both the number of shares and the exercise price) to be initially communicated to the optionee. In the absence of specific documentary evidence of initial communication, we generally determined the Communication Date to be the earliest of: (1) the date the employee record was added to the stock option database application (the “Record Add Date”); (2) the optionee manual signature date on the stock option agreement (the “Stock Option Agreement Date”); and (3) for officers and directors, the date that a Form 3 or 4 was filed with the SEC with respect to the grant (the “Form 3/4 Date”). However, if we determined that the earliest date was the Record Add Date, and if

 

27


Table of Contents

the Stock Option Agreement Date was more than 30 days after the Record Add Date, then we determined the Communication Date to be the earlier of the Stock Option Agreement Date or the Form 3/4 Date.

When applying this methodology to groups of grants, we generally determined the Communication Date for the group to be the latest Record Add Date, the earliest Stock Option Agreement Date, as we determined that, under our stock option grant process, the terms of stock options were generally communicated concurrently to each member of the group. We excluded a limited number of options, or “Outliers”, from the determination of the latest Record Add Date and the earliest Stock Option Agreement Date for a group of grants when, based upon available evidence, we considered the Outlier dates as not reliable as to the date that the terms of the stock option grants were communicated to the group.

We determined that variable accounting under APB 25, which is required in situations when the terms of option grants are modified subsequent to the date that all granting actions are complete, was not applicable for any of the grants during the Review Period.

The methodology described above, and the determination of which stock option grants should be considered Outliers, as described above, involves judgment. We believe that the judgments applied are consistent with the provisions of the appropriate accounting pronouncements and the letter from the Office of the Chief Accountant of the SEC to the Financial Executives International and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants dated September 19, 2006.

As stated above, using this methodology, we recorded an aggregate pre-tax charge for stock compensation related adjustments of $16.2 million relating to the Restatement Period. If we had consistently used the Record Add Date as the Deemed Measurement Date for all grants in which the recorded grant date could not be relied upon (and excluded Outliers, consistent with the application of our methodology), the aggregate pre-tax stock-based compensation charges relating to the Restatement Period would have been approximately $16.8 million. Alternatively, if we would have used the highest or lowest trading prices of our common stock between the last date of documentary approval evidence (which was otherwise deemed unreliable, generally because the date of all approvals could not be verified) before the Deemed Measurement Date and the Deemed Measurement Date, since a measurement date could have occurred on any date between those two dates, the aggregate pre-tax stock-based compensation charges relating to the same periods would have been $15.4 million if we had used the lowest price and $17.5 million if we had used the highest price.

Restatement Adjustments

Our restated consolidated financial statements contained in this 2007 Form 10-K incorporate stock-based compensation expense and related payroll taxes, penalties and interest expenses. The restatement adjustments result in a $16.4 million increase in accumulated deficit as of April 26, 2006. This amount includes a reduction of our previously reported consolidated net income of approximately $3.4 million and $2.0 million for the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively, and $794,000 for the quarter ended April 26, 2006. The total restatement impact for periods through January 31, 2004 of $10.2 million has been reflected as a prior period adjustment to accumulated deficit as of that date.

The restatement adjustments reduced our previously reported diluted earnings per share by $0.15 and $0.09 for the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively.

 

28


Table of Contents

The table below presents the impact of the individual restatement adjustments (in thousands), which are explained in further detail following the table:

 

   

Three
Months
Ended
April 26,
2006

    Fiscal Years
      2006   2005   2004     2003     2002     2001     2000   1999   1998

Stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,095     $ 1,582   $ 1,476   $ 1,553     $ 1,343     $ 1,156     $ 1,315     $ 1,532   $ 1,137   $ 997

Accelerated vesting and extended exercisability

    55       —       —       76       8       —         —         —       —       33

Payroll taxes, interest and penalties

    372       1,403     227     700       155       15       227       523     22     38
                                                                     

Total stock-based expenses

    1,522       2,985     1,703     2,329       1,506       1,171       1,542       2,055     1,159     1,068

Less: Compensation expense previously recorded

    (795 )     —       —       —         —         —         —         —       —       —  
                                                                     

Net adjustment to net income (loss) due to stock-based compensation

    727       2,985     1,703     2,329       1,506       1,171       1,542       2,055     1,159     1,068

Add: Other accounting adjustments

    67       460     262     (123 )     (153 )     (161 )     (242 )     66     —       —  

Total adjustments to net income (loss)

  $ 794     $ 3,445   $ 1,965   $ 2,206     $ 1,353     $ 1,010     $ 1,300     $ 2,121   $ 1,159   $ 1,068
                                                                     

Stock-Based Compensation —These adjustments are from our determination, that the initially recorded measurement dates of option grants during the Review Period could not be relied upon, based upon the Audit Committee’s investigation and our subsequent reviews and analyses. For substantially all such option grants, there was correspondence or other evidence that indicated that not all required corporate approvals had been obtained as of the initially recorded measurement date. We adopted a methodology to remeasure these option grants to a revised measurement date, as described below, and accounted for these grants as fixed awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB 25.

Accelerated vesting and extended exercisability —These adjustments were made as a result of the acceleration of stock option vesting upon termination and the extension of the exercisability of certain options held by a few employees.

Payroll taxes, interest and penalties —In connection with the stock-based compensation adjustments, we determined that certain options previously classified as Incentive Stock Options under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), or ISOs, were determined to have been granted with an exercise price below the fair market value of our stock on the revised measurement date (see discussion under “Accounting Considerations” below). Under IRC tax regulations, ISOs may not be granted with an exercise price less than the fair market value on the date of grant, and therefore these grants might not qualify for ISO tax treatment. We refer to these stock options as the “Affected ISOs”. The potential disqualification of ISO status exposes us to additional payroll-related withholding taxes on the exercise of options granted to U.S. employees, and penalties and interest for failing to properly withhold taxes on exercise of those options. As of February 3, 2007, we have recorded a net liability of approximately $3.9 million in connection with the potential disqualification of ISO tax treatment for option awards. The payroll tax, interest and penalty expenses were recorded in the periods in which the underlying stock options were exercised. Then, in subsequent periods in which the liabilities were legally extinguished due to expiration of the statutes of limitations, the expenses were reversed, and recognized as a reduction in the related functional expense category in our consolidated statements of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

Because virtually all holders of options issued by us were not involved in or aware of the incorrect pricing of the Affected ISOs, we have taken certain actions and are considering possible additional actions to address the impact of certain adverse tax consequences, including that IRC Section 409A, that may result from the exercise price of stock options being less than the fair market value of our common stock on the Deemed Measurement Date, as defined below. IRC Section 409A (and, as applicable, similar tax laws in California and other states) imposes penalty taxes on our employees on stock options granted with an exercise price lower than the fair market value on the date of grant that vest after December 31, 2004 (the “409A Affected Options”). The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has issued transition rules under IRC Section 409A that allows for a correction, or cure, for 409A Affected Options. In December 2006, we entered into agreements with each of our executive officers to amend the 409A Affected Options held by such persons to limit the period of exercisability to a defined calendar year.

Further, prior to December 31, 2007, the Company may offer other holders of 409A Affected Options the opportunity to effect a cure of all such options by either increasing the exercise price to the market price on the actual grant date or, if lower, the market price at the time of the amendment or limiting the period of exercisability to a defined calendar year. The Company may approve bonuses payable to holders of the amended options to compensate them for the resulting increase in their option exercise price. The amount of these bonuses would be effectively repaid to the Company if and when the options are exercised and the increased exercise price is paid (although there is no assurance that the options will be exercised). If necessary to comply with applicable law, such cure will be effected as a tender offer. In connection with such cure, the Company may pay approximately $2.5 million in 2008 to non-officer employees of the Company. For those employees who exercised a 409A Affected Option during 2006, as a precautionary measure, we have sent the IRS and California Franchise Tax Board (“FTB”) notices of our intent to participate in settlement programs they have developed to allow employers to pay certain taxes on behalf of employees to settle potential taxes resulting from the exercise of these 409A Affected Options during 2006. In connection with the Company’s proposed participation in these programs, the Company may pay an aggregate of approximately $0.3 million to the IRS and FTB. The Company may also approve bonuses of an aggregate of approximately $0.2 million payable to these effected employees to compensate them for additional income tax imposed on them as a result of the payments the Company may make on their behalf to the IRS and FTB.

Income tax benefit (provision) —Because of the potential impact of the measurement date changes on the qualified status of Affected ISOs, we have determined that all Affected ISOs might not be qualified as ISOs under IRS regulations, and therefore should be accounted for as if they were Nonstatutory Stock Options under the IRC, or NSOs, for income tax accounting purposes. However, we recorded no income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation and related charges because of valuation allowances provided against the resulting deferred tax assets, as we believe that sufficient doubt exists that we will be able to realize the value of those assets.

Other Accounting Adjustments

In addition to the stock-based compensation adjustments described above, we also made certain other adjustments to our previously-reported net income (loss):

 

   

As discussed in Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, during our fiscal 2007 audit, we determined that incorrect measurement dates were used to value stock options exchanged with the employees previously with Blue7 upon the acquisition. As a result, the increase in purchase price of $0.7 million was recorded as an increase to both goodwill and future stock-based compensation expense as of the date of acquisition. This compensation expense will be amortized to our consolidated statement of operations over the remaining vesting period of the related options. For the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we recorded incremental stock-based compensation expense of $40,000.

 

   

As also discussed in Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, during our fiscal 2007 audit, we determined that the collection of our French research and development

 

30


Table of Contents
 

tax credit was reasonably assured and, therefore, should have been accounted for using the accrual method, whereas such credits were previously recorded upon the receipt of cash. As a result, we restated our previously-reported operating results for fiscal years 2001 through 2006 to record aggregate income of $217,000 in Interest and other income.

 

   

Additionally, as discussed in Note 2 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, for fiscal 2005 and prior years we accrued and expensed estimated audit and tax professional fees ratably during the fiscal year prior to such services being actually performed. As a result, we restated fiscal years 2003 through 2006 to reflect the expensing of such audit and tax professional fees as the services were performed. The restatement for this element resulted in increases (decreases) in General and administrative expenses of zero, $224,000, and $(105,000) for each of fiscal year 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

 

   

As discussed in Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, during our fiscal 2007 audit, we restated our previously-reported operating results for fiscal years 2001 through 2006 to record certain adjustments to previously-provided income taxes. These adjustments amounted to an aggregate increase in income tax provision and income taxes payable of $326,000 to reflect income taxes related to our foreign subsidiaries.

 

   

We restated our previously-reported operating results for the first quarter of fiscal 2007 to record an increase to our warranty reserve and warranty expense of $27,000.

In addition to the above adjustments, reclassifications have been made to prior year balances to conform to the current year presentation. For a complete description of matter affecting the results in the tables below, see Note 1 to the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8.

Related Proceedings

Several derivative actions related to the stock option grants were filed against certain of our current and former directors and officers. These cases are discussed under “Legal Proceedings” in Item 3 and in note 10, “Legal Proceedings,” of the notes to consolidated financial statements.

As we disclosed on July 26, 2006, the SEC commenced an informal inquiry into our stock option grant processes. We are cooperating with the SEC and intend to continue to do so.

NASDAQ Listing Status

In September 2006, we received a NASDAQ Staff Determination letter stating that, as a result of the delayed filing of our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2006 (the “Second Quarter Form 10-Q”), we were not in compliance with the filing requirements for continued listing as set forth in Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14) and were therefore subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In December 2006, we received an additional similar letter from NASDAQ related to our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2006 (the “Third Quarter Form 10-Q”). In January 2007, the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel granted our request for continued listing, provided that we file a written summary of our Audit Committee’s option review status with NASDAQ as well as the Second Quarter Form 10-Q, the Third Quarter Form 10-Q and any required restatements with the SEC on or before March 14, 2007. In February 2007, we received a notice from the NASDAQ Listing and Hearings Review Council which advised us that any delisting determination by the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel has been stayed pending further review by the NASDAQ Review Council. We have been given until May 4, 2007 to submit additional information to assist the NASDAQ Review Council in their assessment of our listing status. On February 2, 2007, we filed a written summary of the status of our Audit Committee’s review with NASDAQ. In addition, on April 20, 2007, we filed the Second Quarter Form 10-Q and the Third Quarter Form 10-Q with the SEC. We consider that the filing of these materials has remedied our non-compliance with Marketplace Rule 4310(c)(14), subject to NASDAQ’s affirmative completion of its compliance protocols and its notification to us accordingly. However, if NASDAQ

 

31


Table of Contents

disagrees with our position or if the SEC disagrees with the manner in which we have accounted for and reported, or not reported, the financial impact of past stock option grants, there could be further delays in filing subsequent SEC reports or other actions that might result in delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Overview

We have been providing video-oriented product solutions for over twenty years.

We have chipset and board solutions for emerging convergence products, including video over IP (IPTV), high definition (HD) DVD playback, HDTV reception, personal video recording (PVR) and video-on-demand (VOD). We specialize in silicon-based digital media processor chipsets. Our core technology allows us to offer highly-integrated chipsets that provide high-quality decoding of H.264, MPEG-4, MPEG-2, MPEG-1 and Windows ® Media Video 9 (WMV9) content. We sell our products to manufacturers of consumer electronic devices and products. Our products are sold worldwide through a direct sales force and distributors. We work with consumer electronics manufacturers and network service providers to allow them to deploy their IPTV services, digital media adapters, networked DVD players, and high definition televisions. These opportunities have led to technology investments in media processor chips, streaming video, digital rights management and a number of other technologies.

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol SIGM. Our corporate headquarters are located in Milpitas, California, and we also have a research and development center in France as well as a sales office in Hong Kong. In addition, we have sales representatives in China, Europe, Japan and Taiwan.

Our primary product groups include chipset and board solutions. Our chipset products consist primarily of video and audio decoding chips under the names of EM8400 series, EM8500 series, EM8610 series, EM8620L series and SMP8630 series for the IP video technology market, connected media player market as well as the PC add-in market. We began volume shipments in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 of our SMP8630 series chipset product, which is our latest solution in the IPTV, Blu-ray and HD DVD, HDTV, and Digital Media Adapter markets. This chipset product series represented 60% of our revenues in fiscal 2007 and 3% of our revenues in fiscal 2006. Our chipset sales increase in fiscal 2007 over 2006 was in part attributable to our customers having their products launch after successful initial trails. We believe our success with the SMP8630 series chipset product demonstrates our success in the recently emerging, high-growth IPTV and connected media markets. Our board products consist primarily of certain customized development boards that are sold into the Internet Protocol (IP) video technology market, connected media player market and PC add-in market and, more recently to a lesser extent, a series of PC based solutions using the NetStream and Xcard brand names. We also offer development kits, engineering support services, and chipset customization engineering development.

Our primary market segments are the IPTV, connected media players, HDTV, and PC-based add-ins. The IPTV market consists primarily of a range of consumer and commercial products that perform the distribution and receiving of streaming video using IP. The connected media player market consists primarily of a range of set-top and portable products that perform playback of local digital media stored on optical or hard disk formats. The HDTV product market consists primarily of a range of digital television sets offering high definition capability. The PC-based add-in market consists primarily of a range of decoding solutions for PC-based DVD playback and streaming video.

We derive our revenues from sales of our chipset and board products to corporate customers and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, who in turn incorporate our products into technologies that are sold into the consumer electronics market. We do not enter into long-term commitment contracts with our OEMs and receive substantially all of our revenues based on purchase orders. We work with both OEMs and end users of our products to better understand the market demands and the necessary specifications for our technologies.

 

32


Table of Contents

The vast majority of our revenues are derived from our chipset product solutions. Our markets are characterized by intense price competition. The willingness of customers to design our chips into their products depends to a significant extent upon our ability to sell our products at competitive prices. In the past, we have had to reduce our prices significantly to meet customer requirements. We expect the average selling prices of our products to decline significantly over the life of each product as the markets for our products mature, new technologies emerge, and competition increases. If we are unable to reduce our costs sufficiently to offset declines in product prices or are unable to introduce more advanced products with higher margins in a timely manner, we could see declines in our market share or gross margins.

Critical Accounting Policies & Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including, but not limited to, those related to revenue recognition, accounts receivable, inventories, stock-based compensation, goodwill and purchase intangible assets, warranty reserves, deferred tax assets and litigation and settlement costs. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition —We derive revenues primarily from three principal sources: product sales, product development contracts and service contracts. We generally recognize revenues for product sales and service contracts in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition”, under which revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, the fee is fixed and determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

Revenues from product sales to OEMs, distributors and end users are generally recognized upon shipment, as our shipping terms are FOB shipping point, except that revenues are deferred when management cannot reasonably estimate the amount of returns or where collectibility is not assured. In those situations, revenue is recognized when collection subsequently becomes probable and returns are estimable (generally upon resale by customers, often referred to as a sell-through basis). Allowances for sales returns, price protection and warranty costs are recorded at the time that revenues are recognized.

Product development agreements typically require that we provide customized software to support customer-specific designs, accordingly this revenue is accounted for under the AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2. We offer post-contract customer support (“PCS”) on a contractual basis for additional fees, which is typically a one year term. In instances where software is bundled with the PCS, vendor specific objective evidence does not exist to allocate the total fee to all undelivered elements of the arrangement and, therefore, revenue and related costs are deferred until all elements, except PCS are delivered. The total fee is then recognized ratably over the PCS term (typically one year) after the software is delivered. We classify development costs related to product development agreements as cost of revenues. Product development revenues were approximately $581,000, $1.2 million and $981,000, for fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

Revenues from service contracts consist of fees for providing engineering support services, and are recognized ratably over the contract term. Expenses related to support service revenues are included in cost of sales. Support service revenues were $334,000, $150,000 and $308,000 for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.

 

33


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable —During industry downturns, certain of our customers have difficulty with their cash flows. Certain customers, typically those with whom we have long-term relationships, may delay their payments by 40 to 60 days beyond the original terms. We review the ability of our customers to pay the indebtedness they incur with us. We defer recognition of revenue and the related receivable when we cannot reasonably estimate whether collectibility is reasonably assured at the time products and services are delivered to our customer. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. These estimated allowances are periodically reviewed, analyzing the customer’s payment history and information regarding credit worthiness. In establishing our sales return allowance, we must make estimates of potential future product returns related to current period product revenue, including analyzing historical returns, current economic trends, and changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products. In fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, we recorded a provision for bad debt allowance and sales return in the total amount of $32,000, $184,000 and $595,000, respectively. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, or future product returns increased, additional allowances may be required.

Inventories —We continue to monitor our inventory levels in light of product development changes and market expectations. We may be required to take additional charges for excess and obsolete inventories if our expectations change or we make changes in our current product development plans. We estimate inventory reserves for excess and obsolete inventories based on our assessments of future product sales giving consideration for factors such as the cyclical nature of our industry. These forecasts require us to estimate our ability to see demand for current and future products and compare those estimates with our current inventory levels. If these forecasts or estimates change adversely, or our product roadmaps change, then we would need to provide additional inventory reserves for excess and obsolete inventories.

Stock-based Compensation —Effective January 29, 2006, the start of our fiscal year 2007, we adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective method and, therefore, have not revised prior periods’ results for the adoption of this accounting statement. SFAS 123 (R) requires all share-based payments to be measured based on the award’s fair value on the date of grant, and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period. We currently use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our share-based payments. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model is based on a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected forfeiture rates, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. If the assumptions change, stock-based compensation may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past.

For fiscal years 2006 and 2005, stock-based compensation is determined under Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB 25, whereby the difference in value between the recorded grant date and the respective measurement date, including payroll taxes, interest and penalties, is recorded. In connection with our restatement of the consolidated financial statements, we have applied judgment in choosing whether to revise measurement dates for prior option grants. Information regarding the restatement, including ranges of possible additional stock-based compensation expense if other measurement dates had been selected for certain grants, is set forth in the “Explanatory Note” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1 and in Note 2 “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets— We record goodwill as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The amounts and useful lives assigned to intangible assets acquired, other than goodwill, impact the amount and timing of future amortization.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 (“SFAS 142”), “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” the Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The provisions of SFAS 142 require that a two-step test be performed to assess goodwill for impairment. First, the fair value of

 

34


Table of Contents

each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. The second step is performed if the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The fair value of a reporting unit is allocated to all the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. The fair value of tangible net assets and both recognized and unrecognized intangible assets is deducted from the fair value of the reporting unit to determine the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill must be compared to the carrying value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference will be recorded. The estimates we have used for evaluating Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. It is possible, however, that the plans and estimates used may be incorrect. If our actual results, or the plans and estimates used in future impairment analyses, are lower than the original estimates used, we could incur impairment charges.

SFAS 142 also requires that intangible assets with definite lives be amortized over their estimated useful life and reviewed for impairment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 (“SFAS 144”), “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.”

We are currently amortizing acquired intangible assets with definite lives. Acquired developed technology is amortized over 7 years and noncompete agreements are amortized over the contractual period (currently 3 years). The amortization expense for acquired developed technology is classified as cost of sales and the amortization expense for other acquired intangible assets is classified as research and development expense in our consolidated statements of income.

Deferred Tax Assets —We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In the event we were to determine that we would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would provide an income tax benefit that would increase income in the period such determination was made. Currently, we record a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets due to the high uncertainty of our ability to realize these assets.

Litigation and Settlement Costs —From time to time, we are involved in disputes, litigation and other legal proceedings. We defend these matters aggressively. However, there are many uncertainties associated with any litigation, and we cannot assure you that these actions or other third party claims against us will be resolved without costly litigation and/or substantial settlement chargers. If any of these events were to happen, our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. We record a charge equal to at least the minimum estimated liability for litigation costs or loss contingency only when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information available prior to issuance of the financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and (ii) the range of loss can be reasonably estimated. However, the actual liability in any such litigation may be materially different from our estimates, which could result in the need to record additional expenses.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB interpretation No. 48 (FIN No. 48) “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FAS No. 109).” This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with this interpretation is a two-step process. In the first step, recognition, the Company determines whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position.

 

35


Table of Contents

The second step addresses measurement of a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not criteria. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements will generally result in a) an increase in a liability for income taxes payable or a reduction of an income tax refund receivable, b) a reduction in a deferred tax asset or an increase in a deferred tax liability or c) both a and b. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be de-recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. Use of a valuation allowance as described in FAS No. 109 is not an appropriate substitute for the de-recognition of a tax position. The requirement to assess the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on sufficiency of future taxable income is unchanged by this interpretation. This interpretation is effective for the Company on February 4, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact FIN No. 48 will have to the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the application of SFAS 157 relate to the definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair value, and the expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have on our consolidated financial position and results of operation.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our historical operating results for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended  
     February 3,
2007
    January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
 
           (As Restated)
(1)
    (As Restated)
(1)
 

Net revenues

   $ 91,218     $ 33,320     $ 31,398  

Cost of revenues

     (46,783 )     (11,925 )     (9,667 )
                        

Gross profit

     44,435       21,395       21,731  

Operating expenses

      

Research and development

     22,515       15,040       12,288  

Sales and marketing

     7,841       6,056       5,268  

General and administrative

     8,222       4,868       4,531  
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     5,857       (4,569 )     (356 )

Gain on sales of long-term investment

     —         2,549       —    

Interest income and other income, net

     815       529       294  

Provision for income taxes

     (428 )     (70 )     (63 )
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,244     $ (1,561 )   $ (125 )
                        

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table shows certain items as a percentage of net revenues, which are included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

 

     Years Ended  
     February 3,
2007
    January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
 
           (As Restated)
(1)
    (As Restated)
(1)
 

Net revenues

   100 %   100 %   100 %

Cost of revenue

   (51 )%   (36 )%   (31 )%
                  

Gross margin

   49 %   64 %   69 %

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   (24 )%   (45 )%   (39 )%

Sales and marketing

   (9 )%   (18 )%   (17 )%

General and administrative

   (9 )%   (15 )%   (14 )%

Gain on sales of long-term investment

   —       8 %   —    

Interest income and other income (loss), net

   1 %   1 %   1 %
                  

Provision for income taxes

   (1 )%   —       —    
                  

Net Income (loss)

   7 %   (5 )%   —    
                  

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Net Revenues

Our net revenues increased $57.9 million, or 174%, in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. This increase in revenues was primarily attributable to increased chipset sales into the IPTV, Blue-Ray and HD DVD, HDTV and Digital Media Adaptor marketplaces. Our net revenues increased $1.9 million, or 6%, in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. This increase in revenues was due to increasing demand for our products, which increased unit volume was partially offset by lower average selling prices.

Net Revenues by Product Group:

We have three main product groups: chipsets, board and “other” products. The following table sets forth our net revenues in each of our major product group and the percentage of total net revenues represented by each product group, for the last three years (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  

Chipsets

   $ 86,984    95 %   $ 28,198    85 %   $ 26,341    84 %

Boards

     2,944    3 %     3,514    10 %     3,280    10 %

Other

     1,290    2 %     1,608    5 %     1,777    6 %
                           

TOTAL NET REVENUES

   $ 91,218      $ 33,320      $ 31,398   
                           

Chipsets . Our chipsets are targeted toward manufacturers and large volume OEM customers building products for the IPTV, Blue-Ray and HD DVD, HDTV, Digital Media Adaptor, and Portable Media Player markets. The increase of $58.8 million, or 208%, in net revenues from chipsets in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 was due primarily to a $65.2 million increase in sales into the newer generation of combined IPTV, Blue-Ray and HD DVD, HDTV, and Digital Media Adaptor product markets, offset by a $7.6 million decrease in sales of our legacy products. The increase of $1.9 million, or 7%, in net revenues from chipsets in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005 was due primarily to increased unit sales of our chipsets into the IP video technology market and connected media player market offset by the lower average selling price given to large original equipment manufacturers for volume orders.

 

37


Table of Contents

Boards . Our board level product lines target OEM customers to address the DVD upgrade market, system integrators to address the computer-based training, kiosks, and corporate video-on-demand markets and consumer markets for upgraded multimedia products. The decrease of $570,000 or 16% in net revenues from board products in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 was primarily attributable to decreased demand. The increase of $234,000, or 7%, in net revenues from board products in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005 was mainly attributable to increased unit sales of development reference boards to the various markets partially offset by decreased unit sales of project-based board products for IP video applications. We anticipate our revenues from board products to be relatively flat or decrease in future periods due to our strategic decision to focus on our chipset products.

Other . The “Other” category primarily includes revenue from development kits, engineering support services for both hardware and software, engineering development for customization of chipsets, freight fees and other accessories. The costs related to support service revenues and certain small development contracts were included in sales and marketing expenses, and research and development expenses, respectively. The decrease of $318,000, or 20%, in net revenues from other products in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 was attributable to our desire to focus our research and development resources on chipsets. The decrease in net revenues from other products in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005 was primarily attributable to the decreased revenues from engineering support services and other accessories.

Net Revenues by Market Segment:

We sell our products into four market segments which consist of the IP video technology market, the connected media player market, the HDTV product market and the PC add-in and other market. The following table sets forth our net revenues by market and the percentage of total net revenues represented by our product sales to each market segment for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  

IP video technology market

   $ 61,501    67 %   $ 19,170    58 %   $ 18,024    58 %

Connected media player market

     24,698    27 %     11,227    34 %     10,379    33 %

HDTV product market

     1,657    2 %     797    2 %     362    1 %

PC add-in and other markets

     3,362    4 %     2,126    6 %     2,633    8 %
                           

TOTAL NET REVENUES

   $ 91,218      $ 33,320      $ 31,398   
                           

IP video technology market . For fiscal 2007, revenues from sales of our chipset products to the IP video technology market increased $42.3 million, or 221%, from fiscal 2006 and increased $1.1 million, or 6%, for fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. The increase in revenues in the IPTV market for fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 was in part attributable to our customers having their products launch after successful initial trails. The increase in revenues in the IP video technology market for fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005 was mainly attributable to increased unit sales of our chipset products into IPTV set-top box and digital media adapter markets partially offset by lower average selling prices. We expect our revenues from the IP video technology market may fluctuate in future periods as these revenues are based on telecommunication service providers IPTV service deployments.

Connected media player market . For fiscal 2007, revenues from sales of our products to the connected media player market increased $13.5 million, or 120%, from fiscal 2006 and increased $848,000, or 8%, for fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. The increase in revenues from sales of our products to the connected media player market in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 was primarily attributable to increase volumes of our customers’ product, including an increase in Blu-ray and digital media adapter, or DMA, applications. The increase in revenues from sales of our products to the connected media player market in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005 was attributable to the increased unit sales of our chipset products into portable media players market partially offset by lower average selling prices. We expect that revenues from sales of our products to the

 

38


Table of Contents

connected media player market will continue to increase as additional Blu-ray and other DMA applications are introduced.

HDTV Product Market . We began shipment of HDTV applications during the second quarter of fiscal 2004 and experienced an increase in demand through fiscal 2007. We expect revenues in the HDTV product market to expand, as occurred in fiscal 2007, although we expect this to remain a small percentage of our overall revenues.

PC add-in and other markets . The PC add-in and other markets consists of PC add-in board and chipset products, engineering support services for both hardware and software, engineering development for customization of chipsets, freight fees and other accessories. The increase in revenues from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 was primary due to an increase in nonrecurring engineering revenues. The decrease in revenues from sales of our products to the PC add-in and other markets in fiscal 2006 was due to the decreased engineering development revenues, support services and other accessories as compared to fiscal 2005. We expect our revenues from sales to the PC add-in and other markets to continue to decline due to declining demand in the general market and we expect our revenues from engineering development to fluctuate in future periods due to the timing and complexity of the projects required by our customers.

Net Revenues by Geographic Region:

The following table sets forth our net revenues by geographic region, and the percentage of total net revenues represented by each geographic region, for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  

Asia

   $ 48,386    53 %   $ 27,293    82 %   $ 20,532    65 %

North America

     9,607    11 %     3,944    12 %     4,401    14 %

Europe

     33,109    36 %     2,081    6 %     6,462    21 %

Other regions

     116    %     2    %     3    %
                           

TOTAL NET REVENUES

   $ 91,218      $ 33,320      $ 31,398   
                           

Asia . The revenues from Asia (which consists primarily of Korea, China, Singapore, Japan, and Taiwan) increased $21.1 million, or 77%, in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006. The increase in revenues from Asia region in fiscal 2007 was due primarily to our customers’ initial trails and successful launches. In fiscal 2006, our revenues from Asia increased $6.8 million, or 33%, as compared to fiscal 2005. We have experienced a shift by our North American and European customers to production by Asian contract manufacturers. This caused the increase in revenues from Asia in fiscal 2006 and we expect this trend to continue.

In fiscal 2005 to 2007, revenues from Asia region which were over 10% of total net revenues are as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  

Korea

   17 %   26 %   16 %

China

   11 %   21 %   21 %

Taiwan

   5 %   14 %   17 %

North America . North American revenues increased $5.7 million, or 144%, for fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006. The increase was largely due to our customers’ initial trails and successful launches. North American revenues decreased $457,000, or 10%, for fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. The decrease was largely due to the decreased unit sales of our board products to the IP video technology market, which was partially offset by the increased unit sales of our chipset products. This was due primarily to customers increasingly incorporating our chipsets into their final products. In addition, there was a shift of chipset orders from our customers in the North American region to our customers in the Asia region. We expect that our revenues from North America in any given period may fluctuate depending on whether our customers place their orders locally or through their

 

39


Table of Contents

overseas manufacturers who incorporate our products into their final products. However, revenues from Asia will ultimately depend on our customers’ determined order point and delivery point.

Europe. Revenues from Europe for fiscal 2007 increased $31.0 million, or 1491%, as compared to fiscal 2006. The increase in revenues from Europe was primarily attributable to major deployments by our European customers using our IPTV chipsets. Revenues from Europe for fiscal 2006 decreased $4.4 million, or 68%, as compared to fiscal 2005. The decrease in revenues from Europe was primarily attributable to decreases in unit sales of our chipset products. This was due primarily to customers increasingly incorporating our chipsets into their final products, which were manufactured in the Asia countries. As a result, there was a shift of chipset orders from our customers in the Europe region to our customers in the Asia region. However, revenues from Europe will ultimately depend on our customers’ determined order point and delivery point.

For fiscal 2007, sales in France were 29% of net revenues. No other European country accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues in fiscal 2007. For fiscal 2006, we did not have sales in excess of 10% of net revenues from a single European country. For fiscal 2005, sales in Denmark were 15% of net revenues. No other European country accounted for more than 10% of our net revenues in fiscal 2005.

In fiscal 2007, our international revenues were 90% of our total net revenues as compared to approximately 89% in fiscal 2006 and 86% in fiscal 2005. We expect that international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of revenues.

Major Customers:

Major customers that accounted for over 10% of our total net revenues are as follows:

 

Customers

   Regions      Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  

Freebox SA

   Europe      20 %   —       —    

Uniquest

   Asia      17 %   26 %   15 %

Cisco / Kiss Technology*

   North America / Europe      3 %   Less than 1 % *   14 %

 


* Cisco, a North American company, acquired our customer Kiss Technologies, formally a European company, in fiscal 2006

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Our gross profit was $44.4 million in fiscal 2007, $21.4 million in fiscal 2006 and $21.7 million in fiscal 2005. The significant improvement in gross profit in fiscal 2007 is due primarily to shipments of IPTV set-top box product, represented by a 221% increase in revenues from the IP video technology market and a 120% increase in revenues from the connected media player market. Our gross profit between fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was relatively flat. Provisions for excess and obsolete inventory included in cost of revenues was $1.2 million in fiscal 2007, $929,000 in fiscal 2006 and $230,000 in fiscal 2005.

Our gross profit as a percentage of revenue, or gross margin, was 49% in fiscal 2007, 64% in fiscal 2006 and 69% in fiscal 2005. The decrease in gross margin in fiscal 2007 from fiscal 2006 was primarily related to the introduction of our IPTV set-top product at expected forward volume pricing, while incurring early volume ramp production costs. This forward volume pricing was established as part of our strategy to obtain a leading share of the IPTV set-top box market. The decrease in gross margin was also due in part to anticipated lower gross margins in the high-volume IPTV set-top box market versus those of our other products, which are higher gross margin products that serve lower-volume niche markets.

The decrease in gross margin in fiscal 2006 from fiscal 2005 was due primarily to lower average selling prices provided to original equipment manufacturers for volume orders, and an increase in stock-based

 

40


Table of Contents

compensation expense and related payroll taxes, interest and penalties of $255,000. In addition, the costs related to service revenues and certain small development contracts were included in sales and marketing expenses and research and development expenses (see reference to Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition), while our expense for inventory obsolescence increased cost of revenues by $1.2 million, $29,000 and $230,000 in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, cost of revenues in fiscal 2006 included $130,000 of accelerated depreciation expense due to reduction of estimated useful live for certain testing equipment.

We expect our gross margins will vary from period to period due to changes in the mix of product sales, average selling prices, volume order discounts, our costs, the extent of development fees, changes in estimated useful lives of production testing equipment and provisions for inventory obsolescence. Because average selling prices of our products typically decline over the life of a product, if we are unable to reduce costs faster than the rate of such decline or introduce new products with higher average selling prices, our gross margins will decline.

Operating Expenses

 

     Fiscal
2007
   Change     Fiscal 2006
(As Restated)
(1)
   Change     Fiscal 2005
(As Restated)
(1)
     (in thousands)

Research & development expense

   $ 22,515    50 %   $ 15,040    22 %   $ 12,288

Sales and marketing expenses

     7,841    29 %     6,056    15 %     5,268

General & administrative expenses

     8,222    69 %     4,868    7 %     4,531

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements,” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Research and development expenses . Research and development expenses increased by approximately $7.5 million, or 50%, in fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006. The increase in fiscal 2007 is primarily attributable to the addition of 31 research and development personnel, including 21 research and development personnel added through the acquisition of Blue 7, partially offset by a reduction in project-related costs of $1.1 million. Research and development expenses increased by approximately $2.8 million, or 22%, in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. The increase in fiscal 2006 was primarily attributable to an increase in salary and wages of an aggregate of $1.0 million associated with the additions of engineering staff at our headquarters, Hong Kong office and development center in France, an increase of $1.0 million in various license fees and an increase of $297,000 in depreciation expense, partially offset by a reduction in project-related costs of $694,000. We anticipate research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars. We incurred $2.7 million, $650,000 and $595,000 in stock-based compensation attributable to our research and development personnel in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which does not include payroll taxes and penalties associated with the adjustments to certain measurement dates for option grants in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.

Sales and marketing expenses . Sales and marketing expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 29%, in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006. This increase in fiscal 2007 was due primarily to an increase of $700,000 in commissions paid in fiscal 2007 and an increase of $472,000 in stock-based compensation attributable to our sales and marketing personnel, partially offset by a decrease in sales and marketing personnel. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $788,000, or 15%, in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. This increase in fiscal 2006 was due primarily to an increase in sales and marketing personnel. We anticipate that our sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars. We incurred $825,000, $353,000 and $344,000 in stock-based compensation attributable to our sales and marketing personnel in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which does not include payroll taxes and penalties associated with the adjustments to certain measurement dates for option grants in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses in fiscal 2007 increased $3.4 million, or 69%, as compared to fiscal 2006. The increase in fiscal 2007 was due primarily to an increase of

 

41


Table of Contents

$2.0 million in outside professional services, an increase in $475,000 in salaries and wages associated with general and administrative personnel and an increase of $751,000 in stock-based compensation attributable to our general and administrative personnel. General and administrative expenses in fiscal 2006 increased $337,000, or 7%, as compared to fiscal 2005. The increase in fiscal 2006 was due primarily to an increase of $369,000 in outside professional services. We expect our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollar terms. We incurred $1.2 million, $495,000 and $436,000 in stock-based compensation attributable to our general and administrative personnel in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which does not include payroll taxes and penalties associated with the adjustments to certain measurement dates for option grants in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.

Stock-based compensation expenses. The following table presents the total stock-based compensation expense that is included in each functional line item in the consolidated statements of operations:

 

     Fiscal 2007 (1)   

Fiscal 2006

(restated)

  

Fiscal 2005

(restated)

     (in thousands)

Cost of revenues

   $ 380    $ 84    $ 101

Research & development expense

     2,685      650      595

Sales and marketing expenses

     825      353      344

General & administrative expenses

     1,246      495      436
                    

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 5,136    $ 1,582    $ 1,476
                    

(1) The amounts included in fiscal 2007 reflect the adoption of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, our consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2006 and 2005 have not been restated to reflect, and does not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).

The adoption of SFAS 123(R) will continue to have an adverse impact on our results of operations. The amount of unearned stock-based compensation currently estimated to be expensed in the period fiscal 2008 through 2012 related to unvested share-based payment awards at February 3, 2007 is $12.3 million. The weighted average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is approximately 2.70 years. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional equity awards to employees or assume unvested equity awards in connection with acquisitions.

Amortization of Intangible Asset

The amortization expense of $726,000 for acquired developed technology for fiscal 2007 is classified as cost of sales. The amortization expense of $537,000 for other purchased intangible assets for fiscal 2007 is classified as research and development expense in our consolidated statements of income. At February 3, 2007, the unamortized balance of $7.0 million from purchased intangible assets in connection with the acquisition of Blue7 will be amortized to future periods based on their respective remaining estimated useful lives. If we acquire additional purchased intangible assets in the future, our cost of revenue or other operating expenses will increase by the amortization of those assets.

Gain on sale of long-term investment

We recognized no gain on sales of long-term investments in fiscal 2007, $2.5 million on sales of long-term investments in fiscal 2006 and recorded no investment gain in fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2006, we sold our investment in Series B Preferred Stock of a local MPEG-4 system provider for approximately $1.1 million. We had no carrying amount in this investment at the date of sale, as it had been fully written off in fiscal 2003. The entire sales proceeds of approximately $1.1 million was recognized as a gain on sales of investment during the year. In addition, we sold another investment in an original equipment manufacturer with a carrying cost of

 

42


Table of Contents

approximately $2.0 million for $3.5 million and recognized a gain of $1.5 million. We do not expect that we will sell any of our remaining investments in the near future.

Other income and Expense

Other income and expenses mainly consisted of interest income from short-term investment, interest expenses from our lines of credit and term loan, loss on disposal of fixed assets and gain or loss on sales of short-term investments. The increase of $286,000, or 54%, in fiscal 2007 as compared to fiscal 2006 was due primarily to an increase in interest income as a result of an increase in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $6.9 million. The increase of $235,000, or 80%, in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005 was due primarily to an increase in interest income as a result of an increase in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $7.6 million.

Provision for Income Tax

Provision for income taxes increased to $416,000 in fiscal 2007 from $70,000 in fiscal 2006. The fiscal 2007 effective tax rate was approximately 6% and differs from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to                                 .

Provision for income taxes increased to $70,000 in fiscal 2006 from $63,000 in fiscal 2005. The fiscal 2006 effective tax rate was approximately (6%) and differs from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to                                 .

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of February 3, 2007, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of approximately $33.2 million, an increase of approximately $6.9 million compared with approximately $26.4 million at January 28, 2006. We had cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments of $18.8 million at January 29, 2005.

The increase in fiscal 2007 was primarily attributed to net cash provided by operating activities of $8.5 million, net proceeds from the sale of common stock of $1.2 million, offset by purchase of equipment of $3.0 million.

The increase in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005 resulted primarily from the sale of long-term investments for aggregate proceeds of approximately $4.6 million, net borrowings of $444,000 from a loan agreement with a bank for financing research and development equipment, net cash provided by operating activities of approximately $1.2 million and the exercise of stock options and purchases of common stock by employees resulting in cash proceeds of approximately $2.9 million, which was partially offset by capital equipment expenditures of $699,000 and short-term loans of $900,000 to Blue7 Communications in which we had an investment of $1.0 million. We acquired Blue7 on February 16, 2006. Blue7 is currently one of our subsidiaries.

Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $8.5 million for fiscal 2007 compared with $1.2 million in fiscal 2006 and $1.8 million in fiscal 2005. Cash will continue to fluctuate based upon our ability to grow revenue while limiting the timing of payments to us from customers and to vendors from us, the timing of inventory purchases and subsequent manufacture and sale of our products.

Our primary sources of funds have been proceeds from common stock issuances and borrowings under bank lines of credit. In certain periods, cash generated from operations has also been a source of funds. While we generated cash from operations for the fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, it is possible that our operations will consume cash in future periods. Based on our currently anticipated cash needs, we believe that our current reserve of cash

 

43


Table of Contents

and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our primary uses of cash, which include our anticipated working capital requirements, obligations, capital expenditures, strategic investments, and other cash needs for at least the next twelve months. In addition, we believe that we will be able to comply with or make modifications to the current covenants under our existing asset-based banking agreements, and to renew those lines of credit upon their expiration, in order to maintain the availability of funds under these agreements. However, it is possible that we may need to raise additional funds to finance our activities during or beyond the next 12 months, and our future capital requirements may vary significantly from those currently planned.

Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $2.0 million for fiscal 2007 compared with net cash provided by investing activities of $2.1 million for fiscal 2006 and net cash used in investing activities of $11.7 million for 2005. $3.0 million of net cash used in fiscal 2007 was used to purchase equipment offset by $769,000 net proceeds from net maturities of short-term investments. The $2.2 million of cash provided investing activities in fiscal 2006 was generated from approximately $4.6 million of proceeds from sales of long-term investments partially offset by $699,000 of capital expenditures, a $900,000 promissory note and $991,000 net purchases of short-term investments. The $11.7 million of cash used in fiscal 2005 was primarily $1.2 million for capital expenditures, $8.6 million net purchases of short-term investments and $2.0 million purchases of long-term investments.

On February 16, 2006, Sigma successfully acquired Blue7 Communications which was a privately-held California corporation. Sigma purchased Blue7’s shares for approximately $14.0 million in stock. Blue7 focuses on the development of advanced wireless technologies and Ultra-Wideband (UWB) semiconductor products.

Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $1.0 million in fiscal 2007 versus $3.3 million in fiscal 2006 and $1.1 million in fiscal 2005. The financing activities consisted of bank borrowings, sales of company stock through the Company’s employee stock option plan and employee stock purchase plan. As of February 3, 2007, the outstanding balance of our bank term loan was $444,000. The net proceeds from sale of common stock were $1.2 million, $2.9 million and $1.3 million in fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

On January 27, 2005, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission covering the sale of the Company’s common stock in one or more offerings with a total offering price of up to $40 million from time to time in amounts, at prices and on terms to be determined at the time of the applicable offering. We do not expect to utilize this shelf registration statement prior to its expiration.

Line of Credit and Term Loan

On August 12, 2005, we entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with United Commercial Bank (the “Bank”). The Loan Agreement provides for a maximum borrowing amount of approximately $15.5 million across three credit facilities consisting of two 2-year Lines of Credit and a 30-month Term Loan of $500,000.

Our Lines of Credit are used to fund daily operating cash needs. During the ordinary course of business, the use of the Lines of Credit is driven by collection and disbursement activities. Our daily cash needs generally follow a predictable pattern that parallels our payroll cycles, which drive, as necessary, our short term borrowing requirements.

The first 2-year Lines of Credit allows us to borrow up to 80% of our accounts receivable, but in no event greater than $15 million, has a floating interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 0.25% per annum. The second 2-year Lines of Credit allows us to borrow up to $5 million as long as (1) our unrestricted cash at the Bank exceeds $10 million, (2) the credit limit of the first 2-year Line of Credit is utilized and (3) the total outstanding balances under both 2-year Lines of Credit cannot exceed $15 million at any one time. The second 2-year Line of Credit has a floating interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 0.25% per annum. Our obligations under the Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, including

 

44


Table of Contents

our intellectual property. Both Lines of Credit expire and are payable in full on August 12, 2007. At our option, we can repay the loans under the Loan Agreement without premium or penalty. As of February 3, 2007, we had no amounts outstanding under these two Lines of Credit but had availability to draw down approximately $8.5 million. On February 8, 2006, we have utilized $2.4 million of the first 2-year Line of Credit for issuance of a standby letter of credit to a supplier.

Principal amounts under the Term Loan will become due and payable on a monthly basis such that the Term Loan will be fully repaid in February 2008. The Term Loan has a floating interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 0.5% per annum. The effective average interest rate paid on the Term Loan from January 29, 2006, through February 3, 2007, was approximately 7.4%. As of February 3, 2007, we had $241,000 outstanding under the Term Loan.

Under the Loan Agreement, we are subject to certain financial covenants. As of February 3, 2007, we were not in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Loan Agreement, and have obtained waivers from the lenders.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments:

We do not have guaranteed price or quantity commitments from any of our suppliers. We generally maintain products for distribution through corporate markets based on forecasts rather than firm purchase orders. Additionally, we generally acquire products for sale to our OEM customers only after receiving purchase orders from such customers, which purchase orders with delivery dates greater than 12 weeks are typically cancelable without substantial penalty from such OEM customers. We currently place non-cancelable orders to purchase semiconductor products from our suppliers on an eight to twelve week lead-time basis.

The following table sets forth the amounts (in thousands) of payments due under specified contractual obligations as of February 3, 2007.

 

Contractual Obligations:

   Payments Due by Period
   1 year
or less
   1 – 3
years
   3 – 5
years
   5 years
or more
   Total

Operating Leases

   $ 730    $ 1,231    $ 1,370    $ 448    $ 3,779

Term Loan

     226      15      —        —        241

Non-cancelable purchase orders

     4,615      —        —        —        4,615
                                  
   $ 5,571    $ 1,246    $ 1,370    $ 448    $ 8,635
                                  

On April 10, 2006, we entered into a sublease agreement to rent approximately 2,500 square feet of a facility from a start-up company founded by a member of our board of directors. This is a month-to-month operating lease with base rent of $4,000 plus proportionate share of operating costs commencing April 1, 2006.

On February 22, 2007, we entered into a new lease agreement for a new approximately 66,000 square foot facility in Milpitas, California in which we intend to relocate our headquarters sometime before the expiration of our current lease. The new lease will commence on June 30, 2007 and expire in September 2012. We will pay a monthly base rent plus common area maintenance and building operating expenses. The monthly base rent ranges from approximately $42,000 to $55,000, with free base rent for the initial three months.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The following discussion about our market risk disclosures involves forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. We face exposure to market risk from adverse movements in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, which could affect our operations and financial condition. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

45


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Sensitivity —As of February 3, 2007, we held approximately $8.8 million of short-term investments generally consisting of the U.S. government and corporate debt securities with an average original maturity of less than one year. If short-term interest rates were to decrease 10%, the decreased interest income associated with these short-term investments would not have a material impact on our net income (loss) and cash flows.

In additions, we had borrowings outstanding of $241,000 under a term loan agreement for financing equipment for research and development, and no borrowings outstanding under our two variable interest rate bank lines of credit. If short-term interest rates were to increase 10%, the increased interest expense associated with these arrangements would not have a material impact on our net income (loss) and cash flows.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Sensitivity —The Hong Kong dollar and Euro are the financial currencies of our subsidiaries in Hong Kong and France, respectively. We do not currently enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge certain balance sheet exposures and intercompany balances against future movements in foreign exchange rates. However, we do maintain cash balances denominated in the Hong Kong dollar and Euro. If foreign exchange rates were to weaken against the U.S. dollar immediately and uniformly by 10% from the exchange rate at February 3, 2007, the fair value of these foreign currency amounts would decline by an immaterial amount.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements required by this item, the notes related thereto, and the independent auditors’ report appear on pages F-1 through F-38 and S-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

On January 3, 2007, Grant Thornton LLP (“Grant Thornton”) informed the Company of its resignation as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm effective as of that date.

The Company previously reported in its Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 21, 2006 that the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2004, January 29, 2005 and January 28, 2006 should no longer be relied upon. As a result of the September 21, 2006 Form 8-K filing, the report of Grant Thornton on the financial statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006 and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006 has been withdrawn and should no longer be relied upon. Grant Thornton did not serve as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2004 and January 29, 2005.

During the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006 and through January 3, 2007, there were no disagreements with Grant Thornton of any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Grant Thornton, would have caused Grant Thornton to make reference thereto in its reports and there were no reportable events (as outlined in Regulation S-K Item 304(a)(1)(v)), except for the following:

In Item 9A of its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006, management of the Company reported that it had assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 28, 2006 and had identified the following material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting: inadequate controls to ensure that financial information is adequately analyzed to detect misstatements including the lack of understanding of generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and Securities Exchange Commission, or SEC, reporting matters. This material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting resulted in an adverse opinion from Grant Thornton on the

 

46


Table of Contents

effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. For additional details regarding this material weakness, please see the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2006.

On January 10, 2007, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company appointed the independent registered public accounting firm Armanino McKenna LLP (“Armanino McKenna”), with headquarters offices in San Ramon, California, as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Company.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as of February 3, 2007. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of February 3, 2007 because of the material weaknesses discussed below.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). A material weakness is a control deficiency or combination of control deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. Management’s assessment identified the following control deficiencies or combination of control deficiencies that constitute material weaknesses:

Company-level controls.  We did not maintain effective company-level controls as defined in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework published by COSO. These deficiencies related to each of the five components

 

47


Table of Contents

of internal control as defined by COSO (control environment, risk assessment, control activities, information and communication, and monitoring). These deficiencies resulted in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected. Specifically,

 

   

Our control environment did not sufficiently promote effective internal control over financial reporting throughout our organizational structure, and this material weakness was a contributing factor to the other material weaknesses described in this Item 9a;

 

   

We had inadequate risk assessment controls, including inadequate mechanisms for anticipating and identifying financial reporting risks; and for reacting to changes in the operating environment that could have a material effect on financial reporting;

 

   

There was inadequate communication from management to employees regarding the general importance of controls and employees duties and control responsibilities;

 

   

We had inadequate monitoring controls, including inadequate staffing and procedures to ensure periodic evaluations of internal controls to ensure that appropriate personnel regularly obtain evidence that controls are functioning effectively and that identified control deficiencies are remediated timely;

 

   

We had an inadequate number of trained finance and accounting personnel with appropriate expertise in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, in certain circumstances, an effective secondary review of technical accounting matters was not performed;

 

   

We had inadequate controls over our management information systems related to program changes, segregation of duties, and access controls; and

 

   

We had inadequate access and change controls over end-user computing spreadsheets. Specifically, our controls over the completeness, accuracy, validity and restricted access and review of certain spreadsheets used in the period-end financial statement preparation and reporting process were not designed appropriately or did not operate as designed.

Controls over stock-based compensation.  We had inadequate administration, supervision, and review controls over the approval and recording of stock-based compensation.

 

   

As discussed in Note 2 in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, during 2006, an internal review related to our historical stock option granting practices was carried out by our Audit Committee. As a result of the review, we reached a conclusion that incorrect measurement dates were used for financial accounting purposes for certain stock option grants made in prior periods. Therefore, we have recorded additional non-cash stock-based compensation expense and related tax effects with regard to past stock option grants, substantially all of which relate to options granted between February 1, 1997 and July 29, 2006; and

 

   

As discussed in Note 2 in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, during our fiscal 2007 audit, we determined that incorrect measurement dates were used to value stock options exchanged with the previously Blue7 employees upon the acquisition of Blue7. As a result, we restated our financial results for the first quarter of fiscal 2007 to record an increase to the purchase price of $0.7 million and an additional $0.7 million of deferred stock-based compensation expense.

We are restating previously filed annual and interim financial statements in this annual report on Form 10-K to correct the errors related to accounting for stock-based compensation.

Financial statement preparation and review procedures. We had inadequate policies, procedures and personnel to ensure that accurate, reliable interim and annual consolidated financial statements were prepared and reviewed on a timely basis. Specifically, we had insufficient: a) levels of supporting documentation; b) review and supervision within the accounting and finance departments; c) preparation and review of footnote disclosures accompanying our financial statements; and d) technical accounting resources. These deficiencies

 

48


Table of Contents

resulted in errors in the financial statements and more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected.

Inadequate reviews of account reconciliations, analyses and journal entries. We had inadequate review procedures over account reconciliations, account and transaction analyses, and journal entries. Specifically, deficiencies were noted in the following areas: a) management review of supporting documentation, calculations and assumptions used to prepare the financial statements, including spreadsheets and account analyses; and b) management review of journal entries recorded during the financial statement preparation process. These deficiencies resulted in an understatement of warranty accrual and inventory reserves, misclassification errors between R&D expenses and Cost of Goods Sold, and other errors in the financial statements. These deficiencies resulted in a more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected.

Inadequate controls over purchases and disbursements. We had inadequate controls over the segregation of duties and authorization of purchases, and the disbursement of funds. These weaknesses increase the likelihood that misappropriation of assets and/or unauthorized purchases and disbursements could occur and not be detected in a timely manner. These deficiencies resulted in errors in the financial statements and in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected. Specifically,

 

   

We had inadequate procedures and controls to ensure proper segregation of duties within our purchasing and disbursements processes and accounting systems;

 

   

We had inadequate procedures and controls to ensure proper authorization of purchase orders; and

 

   

We had inadequate approvals for payment of invoices and wire transfers.

Because of the weaknesses described above, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of February 3, 2007. Armanino McKenna LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Armanino McKenna LLP issued an audit report thereon, which is included beginning on page 51 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are addressing the outstanding material weaknesses described above, as well as our control environment. We hired a qualified CFO in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. We also expect to undertake the following remediation efforts:

 

   

Hire additional qualified personnel and other resources to strengthen the accounting, finance, and information technology organizations, and develop a plan to procure and then commence implementation of an enterprise resource planning system to replace our current system, to include appropriate information technology control;

 

   

Adopt administration, supervision, and review controls over stock based compensation as discussed above in “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

 

   

Implement controls to ensure the periodic review of and changes to our end-user computing spreadsheets used in the period-end financial statement preparation and reporting process; and

 

   

Review and implement appropriate vendor, purchasing, and disbursements segregation of duties controls.

These specific actions are part of an overall program that we are currently developing in an effort to remediate the material weaknesses described above. We may not have sufficient time to implement our remediation plan before testing our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year end 2008.

 

49


Table of Contents

The certifications of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer required in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The disclosures set forth in this Item 9A contain information concerning the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures and changes in internal control over financial reporting, referred to in paragraph 4 of the certifications. Those certifications should be read in conjunction with this Item 9A for a more complete understanding of the matters covered by the certifications.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting During the Fiscal Quarter Ended February 3, 2007

During the fiscal quarter ended February 3, 2007, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, other than those noted above.

Internal Control Enhancements Implemented During the Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2007

During the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007, we hired a SEC reporting manager with relevant accounting experience, skills and knowledge in January 2006, and we hired a Director of Internal Audit with relevant accounting/auditing experience, skills and knowledge in May 2006, thereby increasing internal technical accounting and auditing expertise. In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, we also hired a new Chief Financial Officer. These qualified personnel are beginning to address the outstanding material weaknesses noted above.

 

50


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Sigma Designs, Inc.

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, appearing under Item 9A, that Sigma Designs, Inc. (the “Company”) did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, because of the effect of the material weaknesses identified in management’s assessment and described below, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment, and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. The following material weaknesses have been identified and are included in management’s assessment as of February 3, 2007.

Company-level controls.  The Company did not maintain effective company-level controls as defined in the Internal Control—Integrated Framework published by COSO. These deficiencies related to each of the five components of internal control as defined by COSO (control environment, risk assessment, control activities, information and communication, and monitoring). These deficiencies resulted in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected. Specifically,

 

   

The Company’s control environment did not sufficiently promote effective internal control over financial reporting throughout its organizational structure, and this material weakness was a contributing factor to the other material weaknesses described in this report;

 

51


Table of Contents
   

The Company had inadequate risk assessment controls, including inadequate mechanisms for anticipating and identifying financial reporting risks; and for reacting to changes in the operating environment that could have a material effect on financial reporting;

 

   

There was inadequate communication from management to employees regarding the general importance of controls and employees duties and control responsibilities;

 

   

The Company had inadequate monitoring controls, including inadequate staffing and procedures to ensure periodic evaluations of internal controls to ensure that appropriate personnel regularly obtain evidence that controls are functioning effectively and that identified control deficiencies are remediated timely;

 

   

The Company had an inadequate number of trained finance and accounting personnel with appropriate expertise in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, in certain circumstances, an effective secondary review of technical accounting matters was not performed;

 

   

The Company had inadequate controls over its management information systems related to program changes, segregation of duties, and access controls; and

 

   

The Company had inadequate access and change controls over end-user computing spreadsheets. Specifically, the Company’s controls over the completeness, accuracy, validity and restricted access and review of certain spreadsheets used in the period-end financial statement preparation and reporting process were not designed appropriately or did not operate as designed.

Controls over stock-based compensation.  The Company had inadequate administration, supervision, and review controls over the approval and recording of stock-based compensation.

 

   

As discussed in Note 2 in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, during 2006, an internal review related to the Company’s historical stock option granting practices was carried out by its Audit Committee. As a result of the review, the Company reached a conclusion that incorrect measurement dates were used for financial accounting purposes for certain stock option grants made in prior periods. Therefore, the Company recorded additional non-cash stock-based compensation expense and related tax effects with regard to past stock option grants, substantially all of which relate to options granted between February 1, 1997 and July 29, 2006.

 

   

As discussed in Note 2 in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K, during our fiscal 2007 audit, the Company determined that incorrect measurement dates were used to value stock options exchanged with the previously Blue7 employees upon the acquisition of Blue7. As a result, the Company restated its financial results for the first quarter of fiscal 2007 to record an increase to the purchase price of $0.7 million and an additional $0.7 million of deferred stock-based compensation expense.

The Company is restating previously filed annual and interim financial statements in this annual report on Form 10-K to correct the errors related to accounting for stock-based compensation.

Financial statement preparation and review procedures. The Company had inadequate policies, procedures and personnel to ensure that accurate, reliable interim and annual consolidated financial statements were prepared and reviewed on a timely basis. Specifically, the Company had insufficient: a) levels of supporting documentation; b) review and supervision within the accounting and finance departments; c) preparation and review of footnote disclosures accompanying its financial statements; and d) technical accounting resources. These deficiencies resulted in errors in the financial statements and more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of its annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected.

Inadequate reviews of account reconciliations, analyses and journal entries. The Company had inadequate review procedures over account reconciliations, account and transaction analyses, and journal entries.

 

52


Table of Contents

Specifically, deficiencies were noted in the following areas: a) management review of supporting documentation, calculations and assumptions used to prepare the financial statements, including spreadsheets and account analyses; and b) management review of journal entries recorded during the financial statement preparation process. These deficiencies resulted in an understatement of warranty accrual and inventory reserves, misclassification errors between R&D expenses and Cost of Goods Sold, and other errors in the financial statements. These deficiencies resulted in a more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected.

Inadequate controls over purchases and disbursements. The Company had inadequate controls over the segregation of duties and authorization of purchases, and the disbursement of funds. These weaknesses increase the likelihood that misappropriation of assets and/or unauthorized purchases and disbursements could occur and not be detected in a timely manner. These deficiencies resulted in errors in the Company’s financial statements and in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of its annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected. Specifically,

 

   

The Company had inadequate procedures and controls to ensure proper segregation of duties within its purchasing and disbursements processes and accounting systems;

 

   

The Company had inadequate procedures and controls to ensure proper authorization of purchase orders; and

 

   

The Company had inadequate approvals for payment of invoices and wire transfers.

These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of the audit tests applied in our audit of the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended February 3, 2007, and this report does not affect our report dated April 19, 2007, on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company did not maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, is fairly stated in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s statement referring to actions taken in remediation of the material weakness in internal controls subsequent to February 3, 2007.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sigma Designs, Inc. as of February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006 (restated), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2007 (restated), and our report dated April 20, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/ A RMANINO M C K ENNA LLP

San Ramon, California

April 20, 2007

 

53


Table of Contents
ITEM 9B. OTHER MATTERS

Outside Director Stock Options

Our 1994 Director Stock Option Plan and 2003 Director Stock Option Plan (collectively, the “Director Plans”) provide for the automatic grant of stock options to our outside directors, such that the grants require no independent action of the Board or any committee of the Board. The Director Plans provides that each of our outside directors is granted a stock option to purchase shares of our common stock upon appointment as a member of the Board, and that each outside director is granted a stock option to purchase additional shares of our common stock on a specified date each year. The exercise price of each stock option grant is the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant.

We have determined that, as a result of administrative errors, four grants in 1997 under the Director Plans (referred to as the “Misdocumented Director Grants”) to three of our outside directors, Messrs. William Almon, Julien Nguyen and William Wang, each to purchase 10,000 shares, were documented as having been made on dates other than as set forth in the Plan.

The two Misdocumented Director Grants made to Mr. Nguyen were cancelled unexercised in July 1997. The Misdocumented Director Grants to Mssrs. Almon and Wang were exercised in October 2005 and September 2003, respectively. On April 6, 2007, Mr. Almon delivered to us the difference between: (a) the total exercise price, as corrected, of the Misdocumented Director Grant exercised; and (b) the total exercise price reflected in the erroneous documentation, which he had previously paid to us. The total amount of this additional payment to us was approximately $29,000. Mr. Wang has not yet sent us payment of a similar amount.

We also determined that option paperwork had not been issued to our outside directors for automatic grants under the 1994 Director Stock Option Plan. The options, which were automatically granted in 1997 under the terms of this plan, provided for a right to purchase 2,500 shares at $4.37 per share. As a result, we recently issued stock option paperwork to Mr. Almon evidencing his right to purchase 2,500 shares. We did not issue stock option paperwork to Mssrs. Nguyen and Wang since they had previously left the Board and these options terminated without exercise. Mr. Nguyen later rejoined the Board.

 

54


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The information required by this item concerning our directors is incorporated by reference from the information set forth in the section entitled “Proposal One—Election of Directors” contained in our Proxy Statement relating to the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K (the “Proxy Statement”). The information required by this item concerning our executive officers is incorporated by reference to the information set forth at the end of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is set forth in the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information regarding our audit committee and audit committee financial expert is set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information regarding our code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer is incorporated by reference from the information set forth in the section entitled “Management—Code of Ethics” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference from the information set forth in the sections entitled “Election of Directors—Compensation of Directors” and “Other Information—Executive Compensation” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference from the information set forth in the section entitled “Other Information—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the Proxy Statement.

The information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item regarding certain relationships and related transactions is set forth in the section entitled “Transactions with Management” contained in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference from the information set forth in the section entitled “Ratification of Independent Auditors—Principal Accounting Fees and Services” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

55


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

  1. Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Financial Statements

   Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Armanino McKenna LLP)

   F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-6

 

  2. Consolidated Financial Statements Schedules

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

   S-1

All other schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is otherwise included.

(b) Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying index to exhibits immediately following the financial statement schedules are incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

56


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Milpitas, State of California, on the 20th day of April 2007.

 

SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.

By:

 

/s/     T HINH Q. T RAN        

  Thinh Q. Tran
  Chairman of the Board,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thinh Q. Tran and Mark Kent, and each of them, jointly and severally, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934, THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10 K HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS ON BEHALF OF THE OF THE REGISTRANT AND IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    T HINH Q. T RAN        

Thinh Q. Tran

   Chairman of the Board, President, and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   April 20, 2007

/s/    M ARK K ENT        

Mark Kent

   Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   April 20, 2007

/s/    W ILLIAM J. A LMON        

William J. Almon

   Director   April 20, 2007

/s/    J ULIEN N GUYEN        

Julien Nguyen

   Director   April 20, 2007

/s/    L UNG C. T SAI        

Lung C. Tsai

   Director   April 20, 2007

 

57


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Sigma Designs, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sigma Designs, Inc. as of February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006 (restated), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2007 (restated). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Sigma Designs, Inc. at February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006 (restated), and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 2007 (restated), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements” the Company has restated previously issued financial statements as of January 28, 2006 and for each of the years in the two year period ended January 28, 2006.

As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective January 29, 2006, the Company adopted the provision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Sigma Designs, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 20, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and an adverse opinion on the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ A RMANINO M C K ENNA LLP

San Ramon, California

April 20, 2007

 

F-1


Table of Contents

SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     February 3,
2007
    January 28,
2006
 
           (As Restated) (1)  

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,413     $ 16,827  

Short-term investments

     8,791       9,525  

Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $601 in 2007, and $1,491 in 2006)

     11,231       4,951  

Note receivable—related party (note 17)

     —         900  

Inventories

     16,003       3,830  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,095       1,138  
                

Total current assets

     61,533       37,171  

EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS—net

     3,364       1,474  

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

     263       1,282  

GOODWILL

     5,020       —    

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     5,527       —    

OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

     377       430  
                

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 76,084     $ 40,357  
                

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 13,723     $ 3,467  

Accrued liabilities and other

     8,800       5,667  

Current portion of bank term loan

     226       211  
                

Total current liabilities

     22,749       9,345  

BANK TERM LOAN

     15       233  

OTHER LONG—TERM LIABILITIES

     348       102  
                

Total Liabilities

     23,112       9,680  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Common stock—no par value: 35,000,000 shares authorized; shares outstanding: 2007, 22,903,930; 2006, 21,945,874

     119,301       107,700  

Deferred compensation

     —         (4,303 )

Shareholder notes receivable

     (58 )     (58 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     351       204  

Accumulated deficit

     (66,622 )     (72,866 )
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     52,972       30,677  
                

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 76,084     $ 40,357  
                

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended  
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
 
          (As Restated)
(1)
    (As Restated)
(1)
 

NET REVENUES

   $ 91,218    $ 33,320     $ 31,398  

COST OF REVENUES

     46,783      11,925       9,667  
                       

GROSS PROFIT

     44,435      21,395       21,731  

OPERATING EXPENSES:

       

Research and development

     22,515      15,040       12,288  

Sales and marketing

     7,841      6,056       5,268  

General and administrative

     8,222      4,868       4,531  
                       

Operating expenses

     38,578      25,964       22,087  
                       

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

     5,857      (4,569 )     (356 )

Gain on sales of long-term investments

     —        2,549       —    

Interest income and other income, net

     815      529       294  
                       

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     6,672      (1,491 )     (62 )

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     428      70       63  
                       

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ 6,244    $ (1,561 )   $ (125 )
                       

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

       

Basic

   $ 0.28    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.01 )
                       

Diluted

   $ 0.24    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.01 )
                       

SHARES USED IN COMPUTATION:

       

Basic

     22,683      21,412       20,809  
                       

Diluted

     25,670      21,412       20,809  
                       

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Common Stock                 Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
                   
    Shares   Amount    

Deferred

Compensation

   

Shareholder

Notes
Receivable

    Unrealized
Gain/Loss
    Accumulated
Translation
Adjustment
   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Total

Shareholders’

Equity

   

Total
Comprehensive

Income

 

Balance, January 31, 2004 (previously reported)

  20,637,995     86,948     —         —         (24 )     37       60,963       26,022     —    

Adjustment to opening shareholders’ equity

  —       13,036     (3,858 )     (29 )     —         211       (10,217 )     (857 )   —    
                                                           

Balance, January 31, 2004 (restated)

  20,637,995     99,984     (3,858 )     (29 )     —         248       (71,180 )     25,165     —    

Net loss

  —       —       —         —         —         —         (125 )     (125 )   (125 )

Unrealized loss on investments

  —       —       —         —         (24 )     —         —         (24 )   (24 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         —         28       —         28     28  
                     

Total comprehensive loss

  —       —       —         —         —         —         —         —       (121 )

Deferred stock based compensation

  —       2,316     (2,316 )     —         —         —         —         —       —    

Amortization of deferred stock based compensation

  —       —       1,476       —         —         —         —         1,476     —    

Common stock issued under stock plans

  400,967     1,259     —         —         —         —         —         1,259     —    

Excess tax benefit from stock options

  —       1     —         —         —         —         —         1     —    
                                                           

Balance, January 29, 2005 (restated)

  21,038,962     103,560     (4,698 )     (29 )     (24 )     276       (71,305 )     27,780     —    

Net loss

  —       —       —         —         —         —         (1,561 )     (1,561 )   (1,561 )

Unrealized gain on investments

  —       —       —         —         5       —         —         5     5  

Cumulative translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         —         (53 )     —         (53 )   (53 )
                     

Total comprehensive loss

  —       —       —         —         —         —         —         —       (1,609 )

Deferred stock based compensation

  —       1,187     (1,187 )     —         —         —         —         —       —    

Amortization of deferred stock based compensation

  —       —       1,582       —         —         —         —         1,582     —    

Note receivable issued for common stock

  —       29     —         (29 )     —         —         —         —       —    

Common stock issued under stock plans

  906,912     2,924     —         —         —         —         —         2,924     —    

Excess tax benefit from stock options

  —       —       —         —         —         —         —         —       —    
                                                           

Balance, January 28, 2006 (restated)

  21,945,874     107,700     (4,303 )     (58 )     (19 )     223       (72,866 )     30,677     —    

Net income

  —       —       —         —         —         —         6,244       6,244     6,244  

Unrealized gain on investments

  —       —       —         —         35       —         —         35     35  

Cumulative translation adjustment

  —       —       —         —         —         112       —         112     112  
                     

Total comprehensive income

  —       —       —         —         —         —         —         —       6,391  

Reversal of APB 25 deferred compensation upon the adoption of FAS 123R

  —       (4,303 )   4,303       —         —         —         —         —       —    

Compensation expenses recognized in accordance with FAS 123R

  —       4,949     —         —         —         —         —         4,150     —    

Fair value of vested stock options assumed from Blue7 acquisition

  —       1,110     —         —         —         —         —         3,224     —    

Issuance of common stock for Blue7 acquisition

  583,870     8,189     —         —         —         —         —         8,189     —    

Non-employee stock based compensation

  —       317     —         —         —         —         —         317     —    

Excess tax benefit from stock options

  —       123     —         —         —         —         —         123     —    

Common stock issued under stock plans

  374,186     1,216     —         —         —         —         —         1,216     —    
                                                           

Balance, February 3, 2007

  22,903,930   $ 119,301     —       $ (58 )   $ 16     $ 335     $ (66,622 )   $ 52,972     —    
                                                           

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended  
     February 3,
2007
    January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
 
           (As Restated) (1)     (As Restated) (1)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,244     $ (1,561 )   $ (125 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     2,352       938       492  

Stock-based compensation

     5,266       1,582       1,476  

Provision for inventory valuation

     1,224       29       230  

Provision for bad debts and sales returns

     30       31       634  

Gain on sales of long-term investments

     —         (2,580 )     —    

Loss on disposal of assets

     10       43       7  

Investment impairment charge

     19       31       —    

Excess tax benefit from stock options

     123       —         1  

Accretion of contributed leasehold improvements

     (81 )     (81 )     (85 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (6,310 )     1,435       (1,729 )

Inventories

     (13,397 )     (184 )     (1,304 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     45       (58 )     (111 )

Other non-current assets

     —         —         —    

Accounts payable

     9,517       (73 )     1,874  

Accrued liabilities and other

     3,450       1,619       451  
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     8,492       1,171       1,811  
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchase of equipment

     (3,014 )     (699 )     (1,227 )

Purchases of short-term investments

     (22,234 )     (42,216 )     (20,154 )

Maturity of short-term investments

     23,003       41,225       11,600  

Net proceeds (purchases of) from long-term investments

     —         4,580       (2,000 )

Issuance of short-term promissory notes

     —         (900 )     —    

Acquisition net of cash received

     147       —         —    

Other non-current assets

     67       164       106  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (2,031 )     2,154       (11,675 )
                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Bank borrowings

     —         600       —    

Repayment of bank borrowings

     (203 )     (156 )     —    

Net proceeds from sale of common stock

     1,216       2,924       1,259  

Costs related to registration of private offering of common stock

     —         (63 )     (130 )

Repayment of capital lease obligations

     —         —         (5 )
                        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,013       3,305       1,124  
                        

Effect of exchange rates changes on cash

     112       (53 )     28  
                        

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     7,586       6,577       (8,712 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

      

Beginning of year

     16,827       10,250       18,962  
                        

End of year

   $ 24,413     $ 16,827     $ 10,250  
                        

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

      

CASH PAID FOR INTEREST

   $ 30     $ 45     $ 4  
                        

CASH PAID FOR INCOME TAXES

   $ 171     $ 9     $ 15  
                        

Issuance of common stock and assumption of stock options related to business acquisition

   $ 11,414       —         —    
                        

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations —Sigma Designs, Inc. (the Company) specializes in silicon-based digital media processors for IP video technology, connected media players, high-definition television and PC add-in and other markets. The Company’s award-winning REALmagic ® Video Streaming Technology is used in a variety of consumer applications providing highly integrated solutions for high-quality decoding of H.264, MPEG-4, MPEG-2, MPEG-1 and Windows ® Media Video 9 (WMV9). The Company sells its products to consumer equipment manufacturers, distributors, value-added resellers and corporate customers.

Basis of Presentation —The consolidated financial statements include Sigma Designs, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries in France and Hong Kong. All intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.

Reclassifications —Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year balances in order to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Accounting Period —The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal 2007 ended on February 3, 2007. Fiscal 2006 ended on January 28, 2006. Fiscal 2005 ended on January 29, 2005. Fiscal 2007 included 53 weeks. Fiscal 2006 and 2005 each included 52 weeks.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements include but are not limited to and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates used in preparing these financial statements are related primarily to estimates to determine the collectability of accounts receivable to determine the allowances against the accounts receivable balances, estimates of the market value used in calculating the value of inventory on a lower of cost or market basis, estimates used in equity award valuation and stock-based compensation calculations, estimates of expected future cash flows and useful lives used in the review for impairment of investments, goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets, estimates of the Company’s ability to realize its deferred tax asset which are also used to establish whether valuation allowances are needed on those assets, and estimates related to litigation and settlement costs accrual. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimates will change within the next year. Actual results may also differ materially from management’s estimates.

Change in accounting estimate —There were no changes in accounting estimates during fiscal 2007. During fiscal 2006, the Company revised its estimate of the useful lives of certain production test equipment due to technology changes. Those lives were shortened to 2 years. Previously, all production test equipment was depreciated over 5 years. These changes were made to better reflect the estimated periods during which such equipment will remain in service. The change had the effect of increasing fiscal 2006 depreciation expense which was recorded as cost of revenues and decreasing net income by approximately $130,000 (less than $0.01 per basic and diluted share).

Concentration of Credit Risk —Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The majority of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments are on deposit with two financial institutions. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral for sales on credit. The Company reviews accounts receivable on a monthly basis to determine if any receivables will potentially be uncollectible. The Company includes any accounts receivable

 

F-6


Table of Contents

balances that are determined to be uncollectible, along with a general reserve, in its overall allowance for doubtful accounts. The general reserve in the allowance for doubtful accounts is a calculation based upon the accounts receivable balance and the historical effectiveness of the Company’s collection of those receivables. The Company will continue to maintain reserves for potential credit losses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a remaining maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.

Short Term Investments —Short-term investments represent highly liquid debt instruments with a remaining maturity date at purchase of greater than 90 days and are stated at fair value. The differences between amortized cost (cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts which are recognized as adjustments to interest income) and fair value representing unrealized holding gains or losses, are recorded separately as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity. The Company’s debt securities are classified as available-for-sale because the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity. Any gains and losses on the sale of debt securities are determined on a specific identification basis.

Inventories —Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates first-in, first-out basis) or market. The Company periodically reviews its inventories for excess and obsolete inventory items and adjusts carrying costs to estimated net realizable values when they are determined to be less than cost. As a result of this inventory review, the Company charged approximately $1.2 million, $56,000 and $230,000 to cost of revenues for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Long-Term Investments —Investments in private equity securities of less than 20% owned companies are accounted for using the cost method unless the Company can exercise significant influence or the investee is economically dependent upon the Company, in which case the equity method is used. The Company evaluates the long-term investments for impairment annually according to Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 03-01, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-01 provides guidance for evaluating whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired and requires certain disclosures with respect to these investments. The guidance also included accounting considerations subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment and requirements for disclosures about unrealized losses that have not been recognized as other-than-temporary impairments.

Equipment and Leasehold Improvements —Equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost and categorized into computer and test equipment, software, furniture and fixtures and other. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the useful lives of the assets (three to five years) or the lease term if shorter, except for certain production test equipment (two to five years). The contributed leasehold improvements provided by the landlord for the Company’s current facility is amortized using the straight-line method over lesser of the remaining lease term or useful life of leasehold improvements.

Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets —Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired. The amounts and useful lives assigned to intangible assets acquired, other than goodwill, impact the amount and timing of future amortization.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” the Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The provisions of SFAS 142 require that a two-step test be performed to assess goodwill for impairment. First, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. The second step is performed if the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The fair

 

F-7


Table of Contents

value of a reporting unit is allocated to all the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination at the date of the impairment test. The fair value of tangible net assets and both recognized and unrecognized intangible assets is deducted from the fair value of the reporting unit to determine the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill. The implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill must be compared to the carrying value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss equal to the difference will be recorded.

We are currently amortizing acquired intangible assets with definite lives. Acquired developed technology is amortized over 7 years and non-compete agreements are amortized over the contractual period (currently 3 years). The amortization expense for acquired developed technology is classified as cost of sales and the amortization expense for other acquired intangible assets is classified as research and development expense in our consolidated statements of income.

Long Lived Assets —The Company accounts for long-lived assets, including purchased intangible assets, in accordance with SFAS No. 144 , Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances such as a change in technology indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when the sum of the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposal is less than its carrying amount.

Revenue Recognition —We derive revenues primarily from three principal sources: product sales, product development contracts and service contracts. We generally recognize revenues for product sales and service contracts in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition”, under which revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured.

Revenues from product sales to OEMs, distributors and end users are generally recognized upon shipment, as shipping terms are FOB shipping point, except that revenues are deferred when management cannot reasonably estimate the amount of returns or where collectibility is not assured. In those situations, revenue is recognized when collection subsequently becomes probable and returns are estimable (generally upon resale by customers, often referred to as a sell-through basis). Allowances for sales returns, price protection and warranty costs are recorded at the time that revenues are recognized.

Product development agreements typically require that we provide customized software to support customer-specific designs, accordingly this revenue is accounted for under the AICPA Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2. We offer post-contract customer support (“PCS”) on a contractual basis for additional fees, which is typically a one year term. In instances where software is bundled with the PCS, vendor specific objective evidence does not exist to allocate the total fee to all undelivered elements of the arrangement and, therefore, revenue and related costs are deferred until all elements, except PCS are delivered. The total fee is then recognized ratably over the PCS term (typically one year) after the software is delivered. We classify development costs related to product development agreements as cost of revenues. Product development revenues were approximately $581,000, $1.2 million and $981,000, for fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

Revenues from service contracts consist of fees for providing engineering support services, and are recognized ratably over the contract term. Expenses related to support service revenues are included in cost of sales. Support service revenues were $334,000, $150,000 and $303,000 for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively.

Research and Development expenses —Research and Development expenses include costs and expenses associated with the design and development of new products. To the extent that such costs include the development of computer software, they are generally incurred prior to the establishment of the technological feasibility of the related product that is under development and are therefore expensed as incurred.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Income Taxes —Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and (b) operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Income taxes are accounted for under an asset and liability approach in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109. Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for future taxable amounts and deferred tax assets are recognized for future deductions net of a valuation allowance to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts that are more likely than not to be realized.

Stock-Based Compensation —On January 29, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (“123(R)”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123(R) supersedes our previous accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) for periods beginning in fiscal 2007. In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued SAB No. 107 relating to SFAS 123(R). We have applied the provisions of SAB 107 in our adoption of SFAS 123(R).

We adopted SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective transition method, which requires the application of the accounting standard as of January 29, 2006, the first day of our fiscal year 2007. Our consolidated financial statements as of and for the twelve months ended February 3, 2007 reflect the impact of SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective transition method, our consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R). Stock-based compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for fiscal 2007 was $5.1 million, which consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to the grant of stock options and stock purchase rights.

SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period in our consolidated statement of operations. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for employee equity awards and employee stock purchases using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”).

Stock-based compensation expense recognized during fiscal 2007 is based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2007 includes compensation expense for share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 28, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and compensation expense for the share-based payment awards granted subsequent to January 28, 2006 based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R). As stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2007 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been adjusted for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. In our pro forma information required under SFAS 123 for the periods prior to fiscal 2007, the Company accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

The effect of recording stock-based compensation for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007 was as follows (in thousands, except per share amount):

 

     Fiscal 2007  

Stock-based compensation by type of award:

  

Stock options

   $ 5,030  

Employee stock purchase plan

     106  
        

Total stock-based compensation

     5,136  

Tax effect on stock-based compensation

     (329 )
        

Net effect on net income

     4,507  

Effect on net income per share:

  

Basic

   $ 0.20  

Diluted

   $ 0.18  

Prior to the Adoption of SFAS 123(R)

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we provided the disclosures required under SFAS 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosures.” Consistent with the disclosure provisions of SFAS 148, our net loss and basic and diluted loss per share for fiscal 2006 and 2005 would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated below (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended  
     January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
 
     (As Restated)
(1)
    (As Restated)
(1)
 

Net loss

   $ (1,561 )   $ (125 )

Add: stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of tax

     2,558       2,386  

Deduct: stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method, net of tax

     (5,595 )     (5,545 )
                

Pro forma net loss

   $ (3,498 )   $ (3,284 )
                

Basic net loss per share:

    

As reported

   $ (0.07 )   $ —    
                

Pro forma

   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.16 )
                

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Foreign Currency —The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency of each country. Accordingly, gains and losses from the translation of the financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries are included in shareholders’ equity. Transaction gains and losses, which are included in the other expenses, net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, have not been significant for all years presented.

Comprehensive Income (Loss) —Comprehensive income consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss components include foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains or losses on investments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term investments, note receivable, accounts payable and other

 

F-10


Table of Contents

current liabilities, the carrying amounts approximate their fair value due to the relatively short maturity of these items.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB interpretation No. 48 (FIN No. 48) “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (FAS No. 109).” This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The evaluation of a tax position in accordance with this interpretation is a two-step process. In the first step, recognition, the Company determines whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The second step addresses measurement of a tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not criteria. The tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognized in the financial statements will generally result in a) an increase in a liability for income taxes payable or a reduction of an income tax refund receivable, b) a reduction in a deferred tax asset or an increase in a deferred tax liability or c) both a and b. Tax positions that previously failed to meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is met. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold should be de-recognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. Use of a valuation allowance as described in FAS No. 109 is not an appropriate substitute for the de-recognition of a tax position. The requirement to assess the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets based on sufficiency of future taxable income is unchanged by this interpretation. This interpretation is effective for the Company on February 4, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact FIN No. 48 will have to the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The changes to current practice resulting from the application of SFAS 157 relate to the definition of fair value, the methods used to measure fair value, and the expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and is required to be adopted by the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2009. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have on our consolidated financial position and results of operation.

2. RESTATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

The Company is restating its consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2006 and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the Company’s fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 as a result of an internal stock option investigation commenced by the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (“Board”) and other errors identified as a result of the audit of the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007, and the re-audit of fiscal years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005. In addition, the Company is restating the unaudited quarterly financial information and financial statements for the interim periods of 2006, and unaudited condensed financial statements for the three months ended April 29, 2006.

Financial information included in the reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by the Company prior to September 21, 2006, and the related opinions of the independent registered public accounting

 

F-11


Table of Contents

firms, and all earnings press releases and similar communications issued by the Company prior to September 21, 2006 should not be relied upon and are superseded in their entirety by this 2007 Form 10-K and other reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or after September 21, 2006.

Background-Stock Option Investigation

We previously disclosed, on July 26, 2006, that the Audit Committee of our Board had commenced an internal investigation, assisted by outside legal counsel and accounting experts, of our practices related to historical stock option grants. During the investigation, the Audit Committee reviewed stock option grants to officers, directors and employees from 1997 to 2006 encompassing approximately 1,000 grants on 41 different grant dates. On September 21, 2006, we announced that certain of the actual measurement dates for prior option grants may differ from the recorded measurement dates.

The Audit Committee concluded its investigation in April 2007. Its investigation found that nearly all of the stock option grants for new hires, as well as for promotion and retention, were approved by the use of Unanimous Written Consents (“UWC” or “UWCs”) of the Company’s Board, rather than at a Board meeting. The Audit Committee found that the Company’s process resulted in grant dates on the UWCs routinely established before the receipt of fully-signed UWCs authorizing such grants. The Audit Committee also found that due to these and other deficiencies in the administration of our stock option plans, a number of options grants between 1997 and 2006 were misdated.

The Audit Committee has concluded that the stock option grant process, including the utilization of UWC process described above, reflected management’s lack of appreciation of the legal and accounting standards of the stock option grant process and the erroneous belief that dates other than the stated grant date were, at best, administrative in nature and not governing. Based on the quarterly low price points of the option grants, and absent any objective documentation to the contrary, the Audit Committee has also speculated that the ultimate selection of the grant dates stated on the UWCs may have benefited from limited hindsight, but it has not found any conclusive evidence to this effect. The Audit Committee did not find any evidence of intent to deceive or to destroy or alter documents or to obstruct or impede the investigation in any way.

Accounting Considerations—Stock-Based Compensation

We originally accounted for all employee, officer and director stock option grants as fixed grants under APB 25, using a measurement date of the recorded grant date. We issued all grants with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the recorded grant date, and therefore originally recorded no stock-based compensation expense.

As a result of the findings of the investigation conducted by the Audit Committee and our own further review of our stock option granting practices, we determined that, although fixed accounting under APB 25 was appropriate, the measurement dates for certain stock option grants differed from the recorded grant dates for such grants. In some instances, we were only able to locate sufficient evidence to identify the measurement date described in APB 25, the first date on which both the number of shares that an individual employee was entitled to receive and the exercise price were known, within a range of possible dates. As a result, we developed a methodology to establish the revised measurement date as our estimate of the first date on which both the number of shares that an individual employee was entitled to receive and the exercise price were known with finality. Using the methodology described below, we concluded that it was appropriate to revise the measurement dates for these grants based upon our findings, and we refer to these revised measurement dates as the “Deemed Measurement Dates”.

We calculated stock-based compensation expense under APB 25 based upon the intrinsic value as of the Deemed Measurement Dates of stock option awards determined to be “fixed” under APB 25 and the vesting

 

F-12


Table of Contents

provisions of the underlying options. We calculated the intrinsic value on the Deemed Measurement Date as the closing price of our common stock on such date as reported on the Nasdaq National Market, now the Nasdaq Global Market, less the exercise price per share of common stock as stated in the underlying stock option agreement, multiplied by the number of shares subject to such stock option award. We recognized these amounts as compensation expense over the vesting period of the underlying options (generally four years).

The methodology developed by such advisor was used by us, with such advisor’s assistance, to determine the Deemed Measurement Dates associated with prior stock option grants was as follows:

New Hire Non-Officer Employee Stock Options Effective January 2006— Effective January 2006, we amended our practice of granting options to new hire non-officer employees to grant all such options at the end of the quarter in which the employee was hired. Accordingly, we determined the Deemed Measurement Date for each of these grants to be the last business day of the quarter of the employee’s quarter of hire, because it was determined to be the first date when the number of shares and the price of each grant were known with finality.

All Other Stock Options —We determined the Deemed Measurement Dates for all stock option grants other than those described above to be either the Approval Date or the Communication Date for the stock option grant. The Approval Date was used in each case that it was reliably determined, and the Communication Date was used in those cases where the Approval Date could not be determined or was determined to be unreliable.

The “Approval Date” for the stock option was the date set forth in executed minutes or a fully-executed consent of the board of directors or stock option committee, provided that (1) documentary evidence existed that the allocation of shares had been finalized on such date, and (2) the Communication Date for the stock option was within 30 days of the Approval Date.

The “Communication Date” for the stock option was the date we determined the key terms of the option (both the number of shares and the exercise price) to be initially communicated to the optionee. In the absence of specific documentary evidence of initial communication, we generally determined the Communication Date to be the earliest of: (1) the date the employee record was added to the stock option database application (the “Record Add Date”); (2) the optionee manual signature date on the stock option agreement (the “Stock Option Agreement Date”); and (3) for officers and directors, the date that a Form 3 or 4 was filed with the SEC with respect to the grant (the “Form 3/4 Date”). However, if we determined that the earliest date was the Record Add Date, and if the Stock Option Agreement Date was more than 30 days after the Record Add Date, then we determined the Communication Date to be the earlier of the Stock Option Agreement Date or the Form 3/4 Date.

When applying this methodology to groups of grants, we generally determined the Communication Date for the group to be the latest Record Add Date, the earliest Stock Option Agreement Date, as we determined that, under our stock option grant process, the terms of stock options were generally communicated concurrently to each member of the group. We excluded a limited number of options, or “Outliers”, from the determination of the latest Record Add Date and the earliest Stock Option Agreement Date for a group of grants when, based upon available evidence, we considered the Outlier dates as not reliable as to the date that the terms of the stock option grants were communicated to the group.

We determined that variable accounting under APB 25, which is required in situations when the terms of option grants are modified subsequent to the date that all granting actions are complete, was not applicable for any of the grants during the Review Period.

The methodology described above, and the determination of which stock option grants should be considered Outliers, as described above, involves judgment. We believe that the judgments applied are consistent with the provisions of the appropriate accounting pronouncements and the letter from the Office of the Chief Accountant of the SEC to the Financial Executives International and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants dated September 19, 2006.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the impact of the restatement adjustments on beginning accumulated deficit as of January 31, 2004, and net income for the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 (in thousands):

 

     Net Income (Loss)
Years Ended
   

Accumulated
Deficit

As Of Feb. 1,
2004

 
    

Jan. 28,

2006

   

Jan. 29,

2005

   

As previously reported

   $ 1,884     $ 1,840     $ (60,963 )

Adjustments:

      

Stock compensation expense

     (1,582 )     (1,476 )     (9,150 )

Payroll taxes, interest and penalties

     (1,403 )     (227 )     (1,680 )

Other

     (460 )     (262 )     613  
                        

Total adjustments

     (3,445 )     (1,965 )     (10,217 )
                        

As adjusted

   $ (1,561 )   $ (125 )   $ (71,180 )
                        

The table below presents the impact of the individual restatement adjustments (in thousands), which is explained in further detail following the table:

 

    Three
Months
Ended
April 26,
2006
    Fiscal Years
      2006   2005   2004     2003     2002     2001     2000   1999   1998

Stock-based compensation expense

  $ 1,095     $ 1,582   $ 1,476   $ 1,553     $ 1,343     $ 1,156     $ 1,315     $ 1,532   $ 1,137   $ 997

Accelerated vesting and extended exercisability

    55       —       —       76       8       —         —         —       —       33

Payroll taxes, interest and penalties

    372       1,403     227     700       155       15       227       523     22     38
                                                                     

Total stock-based expenses

    1,522       2,985     1,703     2,329       1,506       1,171       1,542       2,055     1,159     1,068

Less: Compensation expense previously recorded

    (795 )     —       —       —         —         —         —         —       —       —  
                                                                     

Net adjustment to net income (loss) due to stock-based compensation

    727       2,985     1,703     2,329       1,506       1,171       1,542       2,055     1,159     1,068

Add: Other adjustments

    67       460     262     (123 )     (153 )     (161 )     (242 )     66     —       —  
                                                                     

Total adjustments to net income (loss)

  $ 794     $ 3,445   $ 1,965   $ 2,206     $ 1,353     $ 1,010     $ 1,300     $ 2,121   $ 1,159   $ 1,068
                                                                     

Restatement Adjustments

Our restated consolidated financial statements contained in this 2007 Form 10-K incorporate stock-based compensation expense, but excludes related payroll taxes, penalties and interest expenses. The restatement adjustments result in a $16.4 million increase in accumulated deficit as of January 28, 2006. This amount includes a reduction of our previously reported consolidated net income of approximately $3.4 million and $2.0 million for the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively. The total restatement impact for periods through January 31, 2004 of $10.2 million has been reflected as a prior period adjustment to accumulated deficit as of that date.

The restatement adjustments reduced the Company’s previously reported diluted earnings per share by $0.15 and $0.09 for the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation —These adjustments are from the Company’s determination that the initially recorded measurement dates of option grants could not be relied upon, based upon the Audit Committee’s investigation and the Company’s subsequent reviews and analyses. For substantially all such option grants, there was correspondence or other evidence that indicated that not all required corporate approvals had been obtained as of the initially recorded measurement date. The Company adopted a methodology to remeasure these option grants to a revised measurement date, as described below, and accounted for these grants as fixed awards under Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB) No. 25 Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB 25.

Accelerated vesting and extended exercisability —These adjustments were made as a result of the acceleration of stock option vesting upon termination and the extension of the exercisability of certain options held by a few employees.

Payroll taxes, interest and penalties —In connection with the stock-based compensation adjustments, the Company determined that certain options previously classified as Incentive Stock Options under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), or ISOs, were determined to have been granted with an exercise price below the fair market value of our stock on the revised measurement date (see discussion under “Accounting Considerations” below). Under IRC tax regulations, ISOs may not be granted with an exercise price less than the fair market value on the date of grant, and therefore these grants might not qualify for ISO tax treatment. These stock options are referred to as the “Affected ISOs.” The potential disqualification of ISO status exposes the Company to additional payroll-related withholding taxes on the exercise of options granted to U.S. employees, and penalties and interest for failing to properly withhold taxes on exercise of those options. As of February 3, 2007, the Company has recorded a net liability of approximately $3.9 million in connection with the potential disqualification of ISO tax treatment for option awards. The payroll tax, interest and penalty expenses were recorded in the periods in which the underlying stock options were exercised. Then, in subsequent periods in which the liabilities were legally extinguished due to expiration of statutes of limitations, the expenses were reversed, and recognized as a reduction in the related functional expense category in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Because virtually all holders of options issued by the management of the Company were not involved in or aware of the incorrect pricing of the Affected ISOs, management has taken certain actions and is considering possible additional actions to address the impact of certain adverse tax consequences, including under IRC Section 409A, that may result from the exercise price of stock options being less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the Deemed Measurement Date, as defined below. IRC Section 409A (and, as applicable, similar tax laws in California and other states) imposes penalty taxes on our employees on stock options granted with an exercise price lower than the fair market value on the date of grant that vest after December 31, 2004 (the “409A Affected Options”). The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has issued transition rules under IRC Section 409A that allows for a correction, or cure, for 409A Affected Options. In December 2006, the Company entered into agreements with each of its executive officers to amend the 409A Affected Options held by such person to limit the period of exercisability to a defined calendar year. Further, prior to December 31, 2007, the Company may offer other holders of 409A Affected Options the opportunity to effect a cure of all such options by either increasing the exercise price to the market price on the actual grant date or, if lower, the market price at the time of the amendment or limiting the period of exercisability to a defined calendar year. The Company may approve bonuses payable to holders of the amended options to compensate them for the resulting increase in their option exercise price. The amount of these bonuses would be effectively repaid to the Company if and when the options are exercised and the increased exercise price is paid (although there is no assurance that the options will be exercised). If necessary to comply with applicable law, such cure will be effected as a tender offer. In connection with such cure, the Company may pay approximately $2.5 million in 2008 to non-officer employees of the Company. For those employees who exercised a 409A Affected Option during 2006, as a precautionary measure, we have sent the IRS and California Franchise Tax Board (“FTB”) notices of our intent to participate in settlement programs they have developed to allow employers to pay certain taxes on behalf of employees to settle potential taxes resulting from the exercise of these 409A Affected Options during 2006. In connection with the Company’s proposed participation in these programs, the Company may pay

 

F-15


Table of Contents

an aggregate of approximately $0.3 million to the IRS and FTB. The Company may also approve bonuses of an aggregate of approximately $0.2 million payable to these effected employees to compensate them for additional income tax imposed on them as a result of the payments the Company may make on their behalf to the IRS and FTB.

Income tax benefit (provision) —Because of the potential impact of the measurement date changes on the qualified status of Affected ISOs, the Company has determined that all Affected ISOs might not be qualified as ISOs under IRS regulations, and therefore should be accounted for as if they were Nonstatutory Stock Options under the IRC, or NSOs, for income tax accounting purposes. However, the Company recorded no income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation and related charges because of valuation allowances provided against the resulting deferred tax assets, as the Company believes that sufficient doubt exists that it will be able to realize the value of those assets.

Other Accounting Adjustments

In addition to the stock-based compensation adjustments described above, we also made certain other adjustments to our previously-reported net income (loss):

 

   

During our fiscal 2007 audit, we determined that incorrect measurement dates were used to value stock options exchanged with the employees previously with Blue7 employees upon the acquisition. As a result, the increase in purchase price of $0.7 million was recorded as an increase to both goodwill and future stock-based compensation expense as of the date of acquisition. This compensation expense will be amortized to our consolidated statement of operations over the remaining vesting period of the related options. For the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we recorded incremental stock-based compensation expense of $40,000.

 

   

During our fiscal 2007 audit, we determined that the collection of our French research and development tax credit was reasonably assured and, therefore, should have been accounted for using the accrual method, whereas such credits were previously recorded upon the receipt of cash. As a result, we restated our previously-reported operating results for fiscal years 2001 through 2006 to record aggregate income of $217,000 in Interest and other income.

 

   

For fiscal 2005 and prior years we accrued and expensed estimated audit and tax professional fees ratably during the fiscal year prior to such services being actually performed. As a result, we restated fiscal years 2003 through 2006 to reflect the expensing of such audit and tax professional fees as the services were performed. The restatement for this element resulted in increases (decreases) in General and administrative expenses of zero, $224,000, and $(105,000) for each of fiscal year 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

 

   

During our fiscal 2007 audit, we restated our previously-reported operating results for fiscal years 2001 through 2006 to record certain adjustments to previously-provided income taxes. These adjustments amounted to an aggregate increase in income tax provision and income taxes payable of $326,000 to reflect income taxes related to our foreign subsidiaries.

 

   

During our fiscal 2007 audit, we restated our previously-reported operating results for the first quarter of fiscal 2007 to record an increase to our warranty reserve and warranty expense of $27,000.

In addition to the above adjustments, reclassifications have been made to prior year balances to conform to the current year presentation.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Impact of the Restatement Adjustments on the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the impact of the financial statement restatement adjustments on the Company’s previously reported consolidated statements of income for the years ended January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005 (in thousands).

 

     Years Ended  
     January 28, 2006     January 29, 2005  
     As
Previously
Reported
    Adjustments     As
Restated
    As
Previously
Reported
   Adjustments     As
Restated
 

NET REVENUES

   $ 33,320     $ —       $ 33,320     $ 31,437    $ (39 )   $ 31,398  

COST OF REVENUES

     11,552       373 (1)     11,925       9,527      140 (1)     9,667  
                                               

GROSS PROFIT

     21,768       (373 )     21,395       21,910      (179 )     21,731  

OPERATING EXPENSES:

             

Research and development

     14,041       999 (1)     15,040       11,648      640 (1)     12,288  

Sales and marketing

     5,076       980 (1)     6,056       4,804      464 (1)     5,268  

General and administrative

     4,131       737 (1)     4,868       4,209      322 (1)     4,531  
                                               

Operating expenses

     23,248       2,716       25,964       20,661      1,426       22,087  
                                               

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

     (1,480 )     (3,089 )     (4,569 )     1,249      (1,605 )     (356 )

Gain on sales of long-term investments

     2,549       —         2,549       —        —         —    

Interest income and other income, net

     823       (294 )(2)     529       595      (301 )(2)     294  
                                               

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     1,892       (3,383 )     (1,491 )     1,844      (1,906 )     (62 )

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

     8       62       70       4      59       63  
                                               

NET INCOME (LOSS)

   $ 1,884     $ (3,445 )   $ (1,561 )   $ 1,840    $ (1,965 )   $ (125 )
                                               

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

             

Basic

   $ 0.09     $ (0.16 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.09    $ (0.10 )   $ (0.01 )

Diluted

   $ 0.08     $ (0.15 )   $ (0.07 )   $ 0.08    $ (0.09 )   $ (0.01 )

SHARES USED IN COMPUTATION:

             

Basic

     21,412         21,412       20,809        20,809  

Diluted

     23,667         21,412       23,529        20,809  

(1) Includes the impact of stock-based compensation charges and related payroll taxes.
(2) Includes the impact of penalties and interest in connection with payroll tax liabilities recorded.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The following table presents the impact of the financial statement restatement adjustments on the Company’s previously reported consolidated balance sheet as of January 28, 2006 (in thousands).

 

       As
Previously
Reported
    Adjustments     As
Restated
 

ASSETS

      

CURRENT ASSETS:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,827     $ —       $ 16,827  

Short-term investments

     9,525       —         9,525  

Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $1,491)

     4,951       —         4,951  

Note receivable—related party

     900       —         900  

Inventories

     3,830       —         3,830  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,001       137       1,138  
                        

Total current assets

     37,034       137       37,171  

EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS—net

     1,474       —         1,474  

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

     1,282       —         1,282  

OTHER NON- CURRENT ASSETS

     169       261       430  
                        

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 39,959     $ 398     $ 40,357  
                        

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 3,467     $ —       $ 3,467  

Accrued liabilities and other

     2,031       3,636 (2)     5,667  

Current portion of bank term loan

     211       —         211  
                        

Total current liabilities

     5,709       3,636       9,345  

BANK TERM LOAN

     233       —         233  

OTHER LONG—TERM LIABILITIES

     102       —         102  
                        

Total liabilities

     6,044       3,636       9,680  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

      

Common stock—no par value: 35,000,000 shares authorized; 21,945,874 shares outstanding

     91,131       16,569 (1)     107,700  

Shareholder notes receivables

     —         (58 )(1)     (58 )

Deferred compensation

     —         (4,303 )(1)     (4,303 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     23       181       204  

Accumulated deficit

     (57,239 )     (15,627 )(1)(2)     (72,866 )
                        

Total shareholders’ equity

   $ 33,915     $ (3,238 )   $ 30,677  
                        

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 39,959     $ 398     $ 40,357  
                        

(1) Includes the impact of stock-based compensation charges.
(2) Includes the impact of payroll taxes and related penalties and interest.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

3. CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     February 3, 2007    January 28, 2006
     Adjusted
Cost
   Unrealized
loss
    Fair
market
value
   Adjusted
Cost
   Unrealized
loss
    Fair
market
value

Money market funds

   $ 13,552    $ —       $ 13,552    $ 586    $ —       $ 586

Certificate of Deposits

     —        —         —        399      (1 )     398

Corporate commercial paper

     1,733      —         1,733      4,095      (1 )     4,094

Corporate bonds

     724      —         724      4,300      (11 )     4,289

US agency discount notes

     —        —         —        565      (1 )     564

US agency non callable

     1,999      (1 )     1,998      2,426      (6 )     2,420

Auction rate securities

     5,175      —         5,175      —        —         —  
                                           

Total cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 23,183    $ (1 )     23,184    $ 12,371    $ (20 )     12,351

Cash on hand held in the United States

          8,985           13,199

Cash on hand held overseas

          1,035           802
                       

Total cash on hand

          10,020           14,001
        $ 33,204         $ 26,352
                       

Reported as:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

        $ 24,413         $ 16,827

Short-term investments

          8,791           9,525
                       
        $ 33,204         $ 26,352
                       

The amortized cost and estimated market value of investments, by contractual maturity, are shown below (in thousands). Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities.

 

     February 3, 2007    January 28, 2006
     Amortized
cost
   Estimated
market
value
   Amortized
cost
   Estimated
market
value

Due in 1 year or less

   $ 23,186    $ 23,184    $ 12,371    $ 12,351

Due in greater than 1 year

     —        —        —        —  
                           

TOTAL

   $ 23,186    $ 23,184    $ 12,371    $ 12,351
                           

4. INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of (in thousands):

 

     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006

Raw materials

   $ 7,696    $ 817

Work in process

     1,680      552

Finished goods

     6,627      2,461
             

TOTAL

   $ 16,003    $ 3,830
             

 

F-19


Table of Contents

5. EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS—NET

Equipment and leasehold improvements consist of (in thousands):

 

     February 3,
2007
    January 28,
2006
 

Computers and test equipment

   $ 2,794     $ 2,262  

Software

     3,138       1,109  

Furniture and fixtures

     1,352       1,177  

Other

     145       122  
                

Total

     7,429       4,670  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,065 )     (3,196 )
                

TOTAL

   $ 3,364     $ 1,474  
                

Furniture and fixtures at cost included $761,000 and $725,000 of leasehold improvements as of February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006, respectively. Depreciation and leasehold amortization expense for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $1,089,000, $938,000 and $492,000, respectively. The increased depreciation expense in fiscal 2006 included $130,000 of accelerated depreciation of certain test equipment due to reduction of their estimated useful lives.

6. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

Long-term investments consist of (in thousands):

 

     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006

Blue7 Communications (“Blue7”)

   $ —      $ 1,000

Local MPEG-4 system provider Envivio, Inc. (see Note 17)

     263      263

NETAV

     —        19
             

TOTAL

   $ 263    $ 1,282
             

On February 26, 2006, the Company acquired Blue7. (See Note 15)

In fiscal 2007, the Company recorded a $19,000 impairment loss to writeoff the remaining value of its investment in NETAV. In fiscal 2006, the Company recorded a $31,000 impairment loss to this investment due primarily to the dissolution of NETAV.

7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

During the first quarter of fiscal 2007, we recorded goodwill of $5.0 million in connection with the acquisition of Blue7. Refer to Note 15 for further information regarding this acquisition.

Acquired intangible assets, subject to amortization, were as follows as of February 3, 2007 (in thousands):

 

     Cost    Accumulated
Amortization
    Net

Developed Technology

     5,300      (726 )     4,574

Noncompete Agreements

     1,400      (447 )     953
                     

Total intangible assets

   $ 6,700    $ (1,173 )   $ 5,527
                     

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Amortization expense related to the acquired intangible assets was $1.3 million for fiscal 2007. As of February 3, 2007, we expect amortization expense in future periods to be as shown below (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year

  

Developed
Technology

   Noncompete
Agreements
   Total

2008

   $ 757    $ 467    $ 1,224

2009

     757      467      1,224

2010

     757      19      776

2011

     757      —        757

2012

     757      —        757

Thereafter

     789      —        789
                    
   $ 4,574    $ 953    $ 5,527
                    

8. ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of (in thousands):

 

     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
          (As Restated)
(1)

Accrued salaries and benefits

   $ 889    $ 642

Accrued payroll taxes

     4,562      3,568

Deferred revenues

     755      211

Accrued royalties

     410      147

Accrued commissions

     277      92

Accrued warranty

     556      289

Income taxes payable

     465      336

Customer deposits

     85      35

Other accrued liabilities

     801      347
             

TOTAL

   $ 8,800    $ 5,667
             

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

9. PRODUCT WARRANTY

In general, the Company sells products with a one-year limited warranty that the Company’s products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship. Warranty cost is estimated at the time revenue is recognized, based on historical activity. Accrued warranty cost includes both hardware repair and/or replacement and software support costs and is included in accrued liabilities and other on the balance sheets.

Details of the change in accrued warranty for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Balance
Beginning
of Period
   Additions    Deductions     Balance
End of
Period

Fiscal Years

          

2007

   $ 289    $ 599    $ (332 )   $ 556

2006

   $ 191    $ 187    $ (89 )   $ 289

2005

   $ 134    $ 177    $ (120 )   $ 191

 

F-21


Table of Contents

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale include a patent infringement indemnification provision for claims from third parties related to the Company’s intellectual property. The terms and conditions of sale generally limit the scope of the available remedies to a variety of industry-standard methods including, but not limited to, a right to control the defense or settlement of any claim, procure the right for continued usage, and a right to replace or modify the infringing products to make them non-infringing. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 5 Accounting for Contingencies. To date, the Company has not incurred or accrued any costs related to any claims under such indemnification provisions.

Leases —The Company’s primary facilities are leased under a non-cancelable lease which expires in September 2007. In February 2007, the Company entered into a new lease agreement for a facility to which the Company intends to relocate its headquarters. The new lease will expire in September 2012. Future minimum annual payments under operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Years

   Operating
Leases

2008

     730

2009

     605

2010

     626

2011

     665

2012

     705

Thereafter

     448
      

TOTAL MINIMUM LEASE PAYMENTS

   $ 3,779
      

Rent expense was $749,000, $670,000 and $692,000 for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, net of sublease income of approximately $7,000, $33,000 and $54,000 for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The Company currently places non-cancelable orders to purchase semiconductor products from its suppliers on an eight to twelve week lead-time basis. As of February 3, 2007, the total amount of outstanding non-cancelable purchase orders was approximately $4.6 million.

Royalties —The Company pays royalties for the right to sell certain products under various license agreements. During fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded royalty expense of $1.3 million, $490,000 and $270,000, respectively.

Benefit Plan —The Company sponsors a 401(k) savings plan in which most employees are eligible to participate. The plan commenced in fiscal 1994. The Company is not obligated to make contributions to the plan and no contributions have been made by the Company.

Legal Proceedings—

Certain current and former directors and officers of the Company have been named as defendants in several shareholder derivative actions filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, which have been consolidated under the caption In re Sigma Designs, Inc. Derivative Litigation (the “Federal Action”) and in a substantially similar shareholder derivative action filed in the Superior Court for Santa Clara County, California captioned Korsinsky v. Tran, et al. (the “State Action”).

Plaintiffs in the Federal and State Actions allege that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with the alleged backdating of stock option grants during the period from 1994 through 2005 and that certain defendants were unjustly enriched. Plaintiffs in the Federal Action assert derivative claims against the individual defendants based on alleged violations of Sections 10(b), 14(a) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rules 10b-5 and 14a-9 promulgated thereunder. They also allege

 

F-22


Table of Contents

that the individual defendants aided and abetted one another’s alleged breaches of fiduciary duty and violated California Corporations Code section 25402 and bring claims for an accounting and rescission. In the State Action, plaintiffs also allege that the individual defendants wasted corporate assets. Both Actions seek to recover unspecified money damages, disgorgement of profits and benefits and equitable relief. The Federal Action also seeks treble damages, rescission of certain defendants’ option contracts, imposition of a constructive trust over executory option contracts and attorney’s fees. The Company is named as a nominal defendant in both the Federal and State Actions; thus, no recovery against the Company is sought.

The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the Federal Action on the ground that the plaintiffs had not made a pre-litigation demand on the Company’s Board of Directors and had not demonstrated that such a demand would have been futile. The defendant directors and officers joined in that motion, and filed a motion to dismiss the Federal Action for failure to state a claim against each of them. The Company has also filed a motion to dismiss or stay the State Action in favor of the earlier-filed Federal Action. The defendant directors and officers joined in that motion. Pursuant to a joint stipulation, the court ordered that the State Action be stayed in favor of the earlier-filed Federal Action.

The Company has previously disclosed in press releases that the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has initiated an informal inquiry into the Company’s stock option granting practices. The SEC has requested that the Company voluntarily produce documents relating to, among other things, our stock option practices. The Company is cooperating with the SEC.

11. CURRENT AND LONG-TERM DEBT

On August 12, 2005, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with United Commercial Bank (the “Bank”). The Loan Agreement provides for a maximum borrowing amount of approximately $15.5 million across three credit facilities consisting of two 2-year Lines of Credit and a 30-month Term Loan of $500,000.

The first 2-year Line of Credit allows the Company to borrow up to 80% of its accounts receivable to a maximum of $15 million and, has a floating interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 0.25% per annum. The second 2-year Line of Credit allows the Company to borrow up to $5 million as long as (1) unrestricted cash at the Bank exceeds $10 million, (2) the credit limit of the first 2-year Line of Credit is utilized and (3) the total outstanding balances under both 2-year Lines of Credit cannot exceed $15 million at any one time. The second 2-year Line of Credit has a floating interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 0.25% per annum. The Company’s obligations under the Loan Agreement are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property. Both Lines of Credit expire and are payable in full on August 12, 2007. At the Company’s option, the loans under the Loan Agreement can be repaid without premium or penalty. As of February 3, 2007, the Company had no amounts outstanding under these two Lines of Credit but had availability to draw down approximately $8.5 million. On February 8, 2006, the Company utilized $2.4 million of the first 2-year Line of Credit for a standby letter of credit to a supplier.

Principal amounts under the Term Loan will become due and payable on a monthly basis such that the Term Loan will be fully repaid in February 2008. The monthly payment including interest of the Term Loan is approximately $18,000. The Term Loan has a floating interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate plus 0.5% per annum. The effective average interest rate paid on the Term Loan from January 29, 2006 to February 3, 2007, was approximately 7.4%. As of February 3, 2007, the Company had $241,000 outstanding under the Term Loan. The amounts of the Term Loan mature as follows (in thousands):

 

Maturities

   Loan
Payment

Fiscal 2008

   $ 226

Fiscal 2009

     15
      

Total

   $ 241
      

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Under the Loan Agreement, the Company is subject to certain financial covenants. As of February 3, 2007, the Company was not in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the Loan Agreement, and is seeking a waiver from the lender.

12. NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (EPS) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that would occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.

The reconciliation of the denominators of the basic and diluted net income per share computations for the fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 is shown in the following table (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Fiscal Years  
     2007    2006     2005  
          (As Restated)
(1)
    (As Restated)
(1)
 

Numerator:

       

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders, Basic and diluted

   $ 6,244    $ (1,561 )   $ (125 )
                       

Denominator:

       

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     22,683      21,412       20,809  
                       

Shares used in computation, basic

     22,683      21,412       20,809  

Escrowed shares related to Blue7 acquisition

     94      —         —    

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Stock options

     2,893      —         —    
                       

Shares used in computation, diluted

     25,670      21,412       20,809  
                       

Net income per share:

       

Basic

   $ 0.28    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.01 )
                       

Diluted

   $ 0.24    $ (0.07 )   $ (0.01 )
                       

Dilutive shares not included in loss years

     —        2,255       2,720  
                       

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

A summary of the excluded potential dilutive securities as of the end of each fiscal year follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005

Stock options

   102    2    20

 

F-24


Table of Contents

13. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Comprehensive Income

The reconciliation of net income (loss) to total comprehensive income (loss) is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended        
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
 
          (As Restated) (1)     (As Restated) (1)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 6,244    $ (1,561 )   $ (125 )

Other comprehensive income

       

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

     35      5       (24 )

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment

     112      (53 )     28  
                       

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 6,391    $ (1,609 )   $ (121 )
                       

(1) See Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Stock Option Plans

2003 Director Stock Option Plan (the “2003 Director Plan”): During fiscal 2004, the Company adopted the 2003 Director Stock Option Plan to replace the predecessor 1994 Director Stock Option Plan which expired in fiscal 2005. A total of 207,500 shares of common stock are currently reserved for issuance under the 2003 Director Plan of which 65,000 have been granted as of February 3, 2007.

2001 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Option Plan”): During fiscal 2002, the Company adopted the 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Option Plan”) and reserved 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the plan, with automatic annual increases on the first day of the Company’s fiscal year equal to the lesser of (i) 1,000,000 shares, (ii) 4% of the Company’s outstanding common stock on such date or (iii) a lesser number of shares as determined by the Board of Directors, commencing February 1, 2002. On March 8, 2006, an additional 877,834 shares resulting from the automatic annual increase of 4% of the Company’s outstanding common stock were added to the shares available for issuance under the 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan. As of February 3, 2007, the Company reserved a total of 3.5 million shares of common stock for issuance under this plan. Generally, the plan provides for the granting of options to purchase shares of common stock at the fair market value on the date of grant. Options granted under the plan become exercisable over a five-year period and expire no more than ten years from the date of grant (all options outstanding at February 3, 2007 expire ten years from date of grant). The 2001 plan replaced the predecessor 1994 Option Plan which expired in fiscal 2005.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The total stock option activities and balances of the Company’s stock option plans are summarized as follows:

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted Average
Exercise Prices
Per Share
  Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)

Balance, January 31, 2004 (2,551,665 exercisable at a weighted-average price of $2.65)

  4,264,436     $ 2.77    

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $2.98)

  (933,500 )     5.55    

Cancelled

  (28,428 )     2.58    

Exercised

  (334,169 )     2.46    
               

Balance, January 29, 2005 (2,853,801 exercisable at a weighted-average price of $2.79)

  4,835,339       3.33    

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $5.26)

  (967,900 )     10.36    

Cancelled

  (92,679 )     5.89    

Exercised

  (825,343 )     2.89    
               

Balance, January 28, 2006 (2,745,101 exercisable at a weighted-average price of $2.99)

  4,885,217       4.75    

Granted (weighted-average fair value of $9.58)

  (1,092,837 )     10.51    

Cancelled

  (173,783 )     8.14    

Exercised

  (337,909 )     2.74    
               

Balance, February 3, 2007

  5,466,362     $ 5.92   5.93   $ 108,137

Ending Vested & Expected to Vest

  5,278,232     $ 5.76   5.83   $ 105,268

Ending Exercisable

  3,243,508     $ 3.53   4.17   $ 71,908
           

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value, based on our closing stock price of $25.70 as of February 3, 2007, which would have been received by the option holders had all options holders exercised their options as of that date. The aggregate exercise date intrinsic value of options that were exercised during fiscal 2007 equaled $3.7 million. The total fair value of options which vested during fiscal 2007 equaled $5.5 million.

At February 3, 2007, options to purchase 232,644 shares were available for future grant.

 

Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable

Range of

Exercise Prices

 

Number
Outstanding

at February 3,
2007

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Life

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

 

Number

Exercisable at
February 3,

2007

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

$  0.95 – $  1.69   903,608   5.05   $ 1.42   818,351   $ 1.40
$  1.71 – $  1.71   42,248   8.28     1.71   28,059     1.71
$  2.31 – $  2.31   547,156   0.21     2.31   547,156     2.31
$  2.34 – $  3.40   771,043   4.22     3.06   637,003     3.01
$  3.50 – $  5.38   444,922   3.43     3.84   432,605     3.79
$  5.43 – $  5.43   659,838   7.4     5.43   301,735     5.43
$  5.60 – $  9.57   491,447   6.41     6.56   289,115     6.16
$  9.89 – $  9.89   491,447   6.41     6.56   289,115     6.16
$11.06 – $11.06   605,000   9.5     11.06   0     —  
$12.54 – $25.70   289,700   9.31     17.70   23297     15.77
                         
$  0.95 – $25.70   5,466,362   5.93   $ 5.92   3,243,508   $ 3.53
                         

 

F-26


Table of Contents

As of February 3, 2007, the unrecorded stock-based compensation balance related to stock options outstanding excluding estimated forfeitures was $12.3 million and will be recognized over an estimated weighted average amortization period of 2.70 years. The amortization period is based on the expected vesting term of the option.

Preferred Stock Rights Plan

On May 28, 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a Preferred Stock Rights Plan. Under the plan, the Company declared a dividend of one Preferred Share Purchase Right (“the Rights”) for each share of Common Share held by stockholders of record as of the close of business on June 18, 2004. Each Right initially entitles stockholders to purchase a fractional share of the Company’s Preferred Stock at $58 per share. However, the rights are not immediately exercisable and will become exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain events. If a person or group acquires or announces a tender or exchange offer that would result in the acquisition of 15 percent or more of the Company’s common stock while the stockholder rights plan remains in place, then, unless the rights are redeemed by the Company for $0.001 per right, the rights will become exercisable by all rights holders except the acquiring person or group for shares of the Company or the third party acquirer having a value of twice the right’s then-current exercise price. Absent of the aforementioned triggering events, the Rights will expire on June 18, 2014. The rights may have the effect of deterring or delaying a change in control of the Company.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

During fiscal 2002, the Company adopted the 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2001” Purchase Plan”) and reserved 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the plan, with an automatic annual increase on the first day of the Company’s fiscal year equal to the lesser of (i) 500,000 shares, (ii) 2% of the Company’s outstanding common stock on such date or (iii) a lesser number of shares as determined by the Board of Directors. On February 1, 2005, the Board of Directors approved an additional 25,000 shares to be reserved under the 2001 Purchase Plan. Under this plan, eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions of up to 10% of their regular base salaries to purchase common stock at 85% of the fair market value at the beginning or end of each six-month offering period. During fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, 36,277, 81,569 and 66,798 shares of the Company’s common stock were purchased at an average price of $8.02, $6.59 and $6.58 per share, respectively. At February 3, 2007, 40,675 shares under the 2001 Purchase Plan remain available for future purchase.

Stock-Based Compensation

Valuation Assumptions

The fair value of share-based compensation awards is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The determination of fair value of share-based compensation awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, our expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual employee stock option exercise behavior.

In connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we reassessed our valuation technique and related assumptions. We estimate the fair value of stock options using a Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123(R), SAB No. 107 and our prior period pro forma disclosures of net earnings, including stock-based compensation expense (determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS 123). The weighted-average estimated values of employee stock options granted during fiscal 2007, 2006, and 2005 were $9.58, $6.22, and $5.02 per share, respectively. The weighted-average estimated fair value of employee stock purchase rights granted pursuant to the ESPP during fiscal 2007 was $5.93, per share, respectively. The fair

 

F-27


Table of Contents

value of each option and employee stock purchase right grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Years Ended  
     February 3,
2007
    January 28,
2006
    January 31,
2005
 
           (As Restated) (1)     (As Restated) (1)  

Stock Options

      

Expected volatility

   69.98 %   61.10 %   75.57 %

Risk free interest rate

   4.77 %   4.29 %   2.61 %

Expected term of options and purchase rights (in years)

   5.90     1.43     1.41  

Dividend yield

   None     None     None  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      

Expected volatility

   54.55 %   62.08 %   67.68 %

Risk free interest rate

   4.66 %   3.13 %   1.37 %

Expected term of options and purchase rights (in years)

   0.50     0.50     0.50  

Dividend yield

   None     None     None  

The computation of the expected volatility assumptions used in the Black-Scholes calculations for new grants and purchase rights is based on the historical volatility of our stock price, measured over a period equal to the expected term of the grant or purchase right. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield available on U.S. Treasury Strips with an equivalent remaining term. The expected life of employee stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and was determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards and vesting schedules. The expected life of purchase is the period of time remaining in the current offering period. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history of not paying dividends and assumption of not paying dividends in the future.

As the stock-based compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2007 is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, such amount has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on our historical experience. Prior to fiscal 2007, the expected forfeitures of employee stock options were accounted for on an as-incurred basis.

14. INCOME TAXES

Income before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended  
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
    January 29,
2005
 
          (As Restated)     (As Restated)  

United States

   $ 6,135    $ (1,962 )   $ (447 )

International

     537      471       385  
                       

Total

   $ 6,672    $ (1,491 )   $ (62 )
                       

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The federal, state and foreign income tax provision is summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005
          (As Restated)    (As Restated)

Current

        

Federal

   $ 314    $ —      $ —  

State

     64      6      2

Foreign

     50      64      61
                    

Total Current

     428      70      63
                    

Deferred

        

Federal

     —        —        —  

State

     —        —        —  

Foreign

     —        —        —  
                    

Total Deferred

     —        —        —  
                    

Total Provision

   $ 428    $ 70    $ 63
                    

The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended  
     February 3,
2007
   

January 28,

2006

 
           (As Restated)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses and credits carry forwards

   $ 16,077     $ 24,420  

Allowance, reserve and other

     8,773       6,516  

Depreciation

     284       291  

Tax Credits

     10,727       8,854  
                

Total gross deferred tax assets

     35,861       40,081  

Valuation allowance

     (33,653 )     (40,081 )
                

Total net deferred tax assets

     2,208       —    

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Acquired intangibles

     (2,208 )     —    
                

Total net deferred tax assets

   $ —       $ —    
                

At February 3, 2007, undistributed earnings of the Company’s French operations totaling $2.7 million were considered to be permanently reinvested. No deferred tax liability has been recognized for the remittance of such earnings to the U.S. since it is management’s intention to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations. Generally, such earnings become subject to U.S. tax upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability on such undistributed earnings.

We have elected to track the portion of our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards attributable to stock option benefits, in a separate memo account pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R). Therefore, these amounts are no longer included in our gross or net deferred tax assets. Pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), footnote 82, the benefit of these net operating loss carryforwards will only be recorded to equity when they reduce cash taxes payable. The amounts removed to the memo account as of 2/3/2007 are $5.8 million for federal and $0.3 million for state tax purposes, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

On November 10, 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 123(R)-3 “Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards.” The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method provided in the FASB Staff Position for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS 123(R). The alternative transition method includes simplified methods to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool (“APIC pool”) related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC pool and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS 123(R).

SFAS No. 109 requires that the tax benefit of net operating losses, temporary differences and credit carryforwards be recorded as an asset to the extent that management assesses that realization is “more likely than not.” Realization of the future tax benefits is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income within the carryforward period. Because of the Company’s recent history of operating losses, risks associated with its new product introduction including the dependence on rapid acceptance of new technology, the dependence on development of complimentary software by third parties and other risks, such as technological change in the industry, short product life cycles and reliance on a limited number of suppliers and manufacturing contractors, management believes that recognition of the deferred tax assets arising from the above-mentioned future tax benefits is currently not likely to be realized and, accordingly, has provided a full valuation allowance.

Net operating losses and tax credit carry forwards as of February 3, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Amount    Expiration
Years

Net operating losses, federal

   $ 56,284    Thru 2024

Net operating losses, state

     4,525    Thru 2014

Tax credits, federal

     7,408    Thru 2027

Tax credits, state

     3,266    Thru 2014-
Indefinite

Tax credits, foreign

     54    Indefinite

Current federal and California tax laws include substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses and tax credits in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be limited as a result of such ownership changes. Such a limitation could result in the expiration of carryforwards before they are utilized.

The effective tax rate of the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate as follows (in thousands):

 

     2007     2006     2005  

Computed at 35%

   $ 2,336     $ (444 )   $ (13 )

State taxes net of federal benefit

     42       4       1  

Difference between statutory rate and foreign effective tax rate

     (109 )     (101 )     (54 )

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     235       615       65  

Stock based compensation expense

     554       —         —    

Change in valuation allowance, federal effect only

     (1,505 )     685       525  

Tax credit

     (1,125 )     (689 )     (461 )
                        

TOTAL

   $ 428     $ 70     $ 63  
                        

15. ACQUISITION

On February 16, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Blue7 for $11.9 million. Blue7’s results of operations are included in statement of operations from the acquisition date. Prior to the acquisition, Sigma held

 

F-30


Table of Contents

approximately 17% of the outstanding shares of Blue7 and provided loans totaling $900,000 to Blue7. Blue7 focuses on the development of advanced wireless technologies and Ultra-Wideband (UWB) semiconductor products. The transaction was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.”

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their fair values as of February 16, 2006. The total $11.9 million purchase price is comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

Value of Sigma stock issued

   $ 8,190  

Fair value of vested stock options assumed

     1,091  

Retirement of note receivables

     400  

Retirement of interest receivable

     25  

Investment in Blue7 prior to the acquisition

     1,000  

Note receivable converted to Blue7 preferred shares prior to the acquisition

     500  

Cash acquired from Blue7 acquisition

     (147 )

Direct costs

     804  
        

Total estimated purchase price

   $ 11,863  
        

As a result of the acquisition, we issued approximately 583,870 shares of Sigma common stock based on an exchange ratio of 0.0529101 shares of Sigma common stock for each outstanding share of Blue7 common stock. Of the 583,870 shares of Sigma common stock issued, 98,470 shares were held in escrow until March, 2007 to satisfy any obligations of Blue7 to indemnify Sigma against any claims against Blue7 for any breaches of its representations or warranties contained in or made pursuant to the merger agreement and certain other matters set forth in the Merger Agreement. The common stock issued in the acquisition was valued at $14.03 which was the average closing sales prices of Sigma common stock for five consecutive trading days from December 13, 2005 to December 19, 2005 surrounding the announcement date (December 15, 2005) of the proposed transaction.

Under the terms of the merger agreement, each Blue7 stock option that was outstanding and unexercised was converted into an option to purchase Sigma common stock based on the 0.0529101 exchange ratio and we assumed those stock options in accordance with the terms of the applicable Blue7 stock option plan and related stock option agreements. Based on Blue7’s stock options outstanding at February 16, 2006, we converted options to purchase approximately 4.8 million shares of Blue7 common stock into options to purchase approximately 231,137 shares of Sigma common stock. The fair value of options assumed was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the following assumptions:

 

Expected term (in years)

   3.33 years  

Volatility

   56 %

Risk free interest rate

   4.44 %

Direct costs of $804,000 include mainly legal and accounting fees, business valuation, and other external costs directly related to the acquisition.

Purchase Price Allocation:

In accordance with SFAS No. 141 the total purchase price was allocated to Blue7’s net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of February 16, 2006. The excess purchase price over the value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The fair values assigned to tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on estimates and assumptions of management.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The following represents the allocation of the purchase price to the acquired net assets of Sigma and the associated estimated useful lives:

 

     Amount    Estimated
Useful Life
     (in thousands)     

Net tangible assets

   $ 104   

Identifiable intangible assets:

     

Licensing agreements

     39    6 to 15 months

Developed technology

     5,300    7 years

Noncompete agreements

     1,400    3 years

Goodwill

     5,020   
         

Total purchase price

   $ 11,863   
         

Identifiable intangible assets— Developed technology consists of products that have reached technological feasibility and includes products in the acquired product lines. Developed technology was valued using the discounted cash flow (“DCF”) method. This method calculates the value of the intangible asset as being the present value of the after tax cash flows potentially attributable to it, net of the return on fair value attributable to tangible and other intangible assets.

The results of operations of Blue7 have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of acquisition. The financial information in the table below summarizes the reported results of operations, as well as the pro forma combined results of operations of the Company and Blue7 as though the companies had been combined as of the beginning of the year presented (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
Jan 28, 2006
 

Reported revenue

   $ 33,320  

Reported net loss

   $ (1,561 )

Reported net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.07 )

Pro forma revenue

   $ 33,553  

Pro forma net loss

   $ (3,770 )

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

   $ (0.17 )

The pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the merger had taken place at the beginning of the year presented.

16. MAJOR CUSTOMERS

Major customers that accounted for over 10% of our total net revenues are as follows:

 

Customers

   Regions      Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  

Freebox SA

   Europe      20 %   —       —    

Uniquest

   Asia      17 %   26 %   15 %

Cisco / Kiss Technology*

   North America /Europe      3 %   Less than 1 % *   14 %

 


* Cisco, a North American company, acquired our customer Kiss Technologies, formally a European company, in fiscal 2006

 

F-32


Table of Contents

No domestic customers accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable at February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006. Four international customers accounted for 24%, 18%, 15% and 12% respectively, of total accounts receivables at February 3, 2007. Two international customers accounted for 30% and 12% respectively, of total accounts receivables at January 28, 2006.

17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On April 10, 2006, the Company entered into a sublease agreement to rent approximately 2,500 square feet of a facility from a start-up company founded by a member of the Company’s board of directors. This is a month-to-month operating lease with base rent of $4,000 plus proportionate share of operating costs commencing April 1, 2006.

During June 2005, the Company loaned $500,000 to Blue7, a California corporation, in which the Company had invested $1.0 million, for an approximately 17% ownership interest. One of the Company’s board members had invested $100,000 for a 2% ownership interest during fiscal 2005. In November 2005 and January 2006, the Company loaned an additional $250,000 and $150,000 to Blue7. As of January 28, 2006, the total outstanding loan balance was $900,000. As of February 3, 2007, the total loan balance of $900,000 was forgiven and accounted as part of the Blue7 acquisition cost.

The Company had an ownership interest of less than 10% in an original equipment manufacturer (the “OEM”) headquartered in Europe which was accounted for using the cost method. The Company sold its ownership interest with a carrying cost of $2.0 million in this OEM for approximately $3.5 million in September 2005, resulting a gain on sale of investment of approximately $1.5 million. During fiscal 2006 and 2005, the Company had product revenues of $123,000 and $4.5 million, respectively, from this OEM.

The Company maintains an investment in Envivio, Inc., (see Note 6) in which the Company has current invested capital of $263,000 for an ownership fraction of less than 1% ownership position. Three of the Company’s board members have investments in this same firm, with an aggregate ownership fraction of less than 1% ownership position. The Company’s Chairman and CEO, Thinh Tran, is a member of Envivio’s board of directors.

18. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION

Geographic Operating Information —SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” provides annual and interim reporting standards for an enterprise’s business segments and related disclosures about its products, services, geographical areas and major customers. The Company operates in one reportable segment.

All such operating entities segments have similar economic characteristics, as defined in SFAS No. 131. Accordingly, the Company operates in one reportable segment: the development, manufacturing and marketing of multimedia computer devices and products. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer.

For fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company recorded sales to customers throughout the United States and Canada, France, Korea, China, Singapore, Japan, Taiwan, Hong Kong, Denmark; Belgium, Greece, Italy, Hungary, Germany, the United Kingdom, Finland, The Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, Spain, Portugal, Scotland, and Croatia (collectively referred to as “Rest of Europe”); Malaysia, Thailand, New Zealand, Turkey, Israel, Australia, South American and South Africa (collectively “Rest of Asia/New Zealand/Other Region”).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following table summaries total net revenues attributed to each product group (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005

Chipsets

   $ 86,984    $ 28,198    $ 26,341

Boards

     2,944      3,514      3,280

Other

     1,290      1,608      1,777
                    

TOTAL NET REVENUES

   $ 91,218    $ 33,320    $ 31,398
                    

The following table summarizes total net revenues attributable to each market segment (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005

IP video technology market

   $ 61,501    $ 19,170    $ 18,024

Connected media player market

     24,698      11,227      10,379

HDTV product market

     1,657      797      362

PC add-in and other markets

     3,362      2,126      2,633
                    

TOTAL NET REVENUES

   $ 91,218    $ 33,320    $ 31,398
                    

The following table sets forth our net revenues by geographic region, and the percentage of total net revenues represented by each geographic region, for each of the last three fiscal years (in thousands):

 

     Fiscal 2007     Fiscal 2006     Fiscal 2005  

Asia

   $ 48,386    53 %   $ 27,293    82 %   $ 20,532    65 %

North America

     9,607    11 %     3,944    12 %     4,401    14 %

Europe

     33,109    36 %     2,081    6 %     6,462    21 %

Other regions

     116    %     2    %     3    %
                           

TOTAL NET REVENUES

   $ 91,218      $ 33,320      $ 31,398   
                           

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes total net revenues and long-lived assets attributable to significant countries (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005

Net revenues:

        

France

   $ 26,836    $ 268    $ 67

Korea

     15,616      8,548      5,024

China

     9,767      7,125      6,695

United States

     9,498      3,816      4,346

Singapore

     7,403      256      123

Japan

     7,286      2,859      1,914

Rest of Europe

     6,243      1,690      1,618

Taiwan

     4,368      4,823      5,376

Hong Kong

     3,675      3,206      1,056

Rest of Asia/New Zealand/Other Region

     387      478      346

Canada

     109      128      56

Denmark

     30      123      4,777
                    

TOTAL NET REVENUES *

   $ 91,218    $ 33,320    $ 31,398
                    
     Years Ended
     February 3,
2007
   January 28,
2006
   January 29,
2005

Long-lived assets:

        

United States

   $ 1,711    $ 1,318    $ 1,656

France

     140      152      87

Hong Kong

     9      4      13
                    

TOTAL LONG-LIVED ASSETS

   $ 1,860    $ 1,474    $ 1,756
                    

* Net revenues are attributable to countries based on invoicing location of customer.

19. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table presents unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the Company’s last eight quarters ended February 3, 2007 (unaudited, in thousands, except per share data). For more information on these matters, please refer to Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”

 

     Quarters Ended  
     Feb 3,
2007
   Oct 28,
2006
   Jul 29,
2006
  

Apr 29,

2006

   

Jan 28,

2006

   

Oct 29,

2005

   

Jul 30,

2005

   

Apr 30,

2005

 
                   

(Restated)

(1)

   

(Restated)

(1)

   

(Restated)

(1)(2)

   

(Restated)

(1)

   

(Restated)

(1)(2)

 

Net revenues

   $ 31,228    $ 25,055    $ 20,136    $ 14,799     $ 10,487     $ 8,497     $ 7,961     $ 6,375  

Gross profit

     16,005      12,038      8,962      7,430       6,096       5,799       5,512       3,988  

Income (loss) from operations

     4,623      2,697      68      (1,530 )     (865 )     (435 )     (347 )     (2,922 )

Net income (loss)

     4,643      2,742      216      (1,356 )     (715 )     1,167       (254 )     (1,759 )

Net income (loss) per share:

                   

Basic

   $ 0.20    $ 0.12    $ 0.01    $ (0.06 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.08 )

Diluted

   $ 0.18    $ 0.11    $ 0.01    $ (0.06 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.08 )

(1)

The unaudited selected financial data for the quarters ended April 29, 2006, January 28, 2006, October 29, 2005, July 30, 2005 and April 30, 2005 has been restated to reflect adjustments related to the stock option

 

F-35


Table of Contents
 

restatement as more fully described in Note 2, “Restatement of Consolidated Financial Statements”, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

(2) During the first and third quarter of fiscal 2006, the Company recorded approximately $1.0 million and $1.5 million of long-term investment gains, respectively.

The following table presents the impact of the financial statement restatement adjustments on the Company’s previously reported consolidated statements of operations (unaudited, in thousands, except per share data):

 

    

As Previously Reported

Quarters Ended

 
     Apr 29,
2006
    Jan 28,
2006
    Oct 29,
2005
    Jul 30,
2005
    Apr 30,
2005
 

Net revenues

   $ 14,799     $ 10,487     $ 8,497     $ 7,961     $ 6,375  

Gross Profits

     7,669       6,284       5,831       5,540       4,113  

Income (loss) from operations

     (770 )     302       79       38       (1,899 )

Net income (loss)

     (562 )     490       1,948       163       (717 )

Net income (loss) per share:

          

Basic

   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.02     $ 0.09     $ —       $ (0.03 )

Diluted

   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.02     $ 0.08     $ —       $ (0.03 )
    

Adjustments

Quarters Ended

 
     Apr 29,
2006
    Jan 28,
2006
    Oct 29,
2005
    Jul 30,
2005
    Apr 30,
2005
 

Net revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Gross Profits

     (239 )     (188 )     (32 )     (28 )     (125 )

Income (loss) from operations

     (760 )     (1,167 )     (514 )     (385 )     (1,023 )

Net income (loss)

     (794 )     (1,205 )     (781 )     (417 )     (1,042 )

Net income (loss) per share:

          

Basic

   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.04 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.05 )

Diluted

   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.05 )
    

As Restated

Quarters Ended

 
     Apr 29,
2006
    Jan 28,
2006
    Oct 29,
2005
    Jul 30,
2005
    Apr 30,
2005
 

Net revenues

   $ 14,799     $ 10,487     $ 8,497     $ 7,961     $ 6,375  

Gross Profit

     7,430       6,096       5,799       5,512       3,988  

Income (loss) from operations

     (1,530 )     (865 )     (435 )     (347 )     (2,922 )

Net income (loss)

     (1,356 )     (715 )     1,167       (254 )     (1,759 )

Net income (loss) per share:

          

Basic

   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.08 )

Diluted

   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.08 )

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The following table presents the impact of the financial statement restatement adjustments on the Company’s previously reported condensed consolidated balance sheets line items (unaudited, in thousands):

 

    

As Previously Reported

Quarters Ended

 
     Apr 29,
2006
    Jan 28,
2006
    Oct 29,
2005
    Jul 30,
2005
    Apr 30,
2005
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 780     $ 1,001     $ 648     $ 603     $ 613  

Total current assets

     42,214       37,034       33,119       28,697       28,319  

Goodwill

     4,493       —         —         —         —    

Total assets

     55,531       39,959       36,329       33,954       33,676  

Accrued liabilities and other

     2,791       2,031       2,037       1,943       2,207  

Total current liabilities

     11,823       5,709       4,011       4,090       4,191  

Total liabilities

     12,080       6,044       4,426       4,581       4,756  

Common stock

     102,535       91,131       89,618       89,034       88,737  

Shareholder notes receivable

     —         —         —         —         —    

Accumulated deficit

     (57,802 )     (57,239 )     (57,729 )     (59,677 )     (59,841 )

Total shareholders’ equity

     43,451       33,915       31,903       29,373       28,920  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 55,531     $ 39,959     $ 36,329     $ 33,954     $ 33,676  
    

Adjustments

Quarters Ended

 
     Apr 29,
2006
    Jan 28,
2006
    Oct 29,
2005
    Jul 30,
2005
    Apr 30,
2005
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 137     $ 137     $ —       $ 253     $ 253  

Total current assets

     137       137       —         253       253  

Goodwill

     654       —         —         —         —    

Total assets

     1,026       398       362       615       615  

Accrued liabilities and other

     4,035       3,636       2,789       2,617       2,580  

Total current liabilities

     4,035       3,636       2,789       2,617       2,580  

Total liabilities

     4,035       3,636       2,789       2,617       2,580  

Common stock

     13,934       16,569       15,546       15,522       15,538  

Shareholder notes receivable

     (58 )     (58 )     (58 )     (29 )     (29 )

Accumulated deficit

     (16,421 )     (15,627 )     (14,422 )     (13,641 )     (13,224 )

Total shareholders’ equity

     (3,009 )     (3,238 )     (2,427 )     (2,002 )     (1,965 )

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,026     $ 398     $ 362     $ 615     $ 615  
    

As Restated

Quarters Ended

 
     Apr 29,
2006
    Jan 28,
2006
    Oct 29,
2005
    Jul 30,
2005
    Apr 30,
2005
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 917     $ 1,138     $ 648     $ 856     $ 866  

Total current assets

     42,351       37,171       33,119       28,950       28,572  

Goodwill

     5,147       —         —         —         —    

Total assets

     56,557       40,357       36,691       34,569       34,291  

Accrued liabilities and other

     6,826       5,667       4,826       4,560       4,787  

Total current liabilities

     15,858       9,345       6,800       6,707       6,771  

Total liabilities

     16,115       9,680       7,215       7,198       7,336  

Common stock

     116,469       107,700       105,164       104,556       104,275  

Shareholder notes receivable

     (58 )     (58 )     (58 )     (29 )     (29 )

Accumulated deficit

     (74,223 )     (72,866 )     (72,151 )     (73,318 )     (73,065 )

Total shareholders’ equity

     40,442       30,677       29,476       27,371       26,955  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 56,557     $ 40,357     $ 36,691     $ 34,569     $ 34,291  

 

F-37


Table of Contents

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Chief Financial Officer:

Effective February 5, 2007, Kit Tsui resigned from her position as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Secretary, and assumed the new role of Vice President of Planning and Administration. On the same day, the Company appointed Mark Kent to serve as its Chief Financial Officer and Secretary. From September 2004 to May 2006, Mr. Kent served as the Chief Financial Officer of Transmeta Corporation, a semiconductor microprocessor company. From February 2001 to January 2004, Mr. Kent served as the Chief Financial Officer in Residence of Oak Investment Partners, a venture capital firm, where he served as interim Chief Financial Officer for several portfolio companies. From April 1999 to January 2001, Mr. Kent served as Chief Financial Officer of Crossworlds Software, Inc., an integration software company. From December 1994 to March 1999, Mr. Kent served as the Treasurer of LSI Logic Corporation, a semiconductor company.

Lease Agreement :

On February 22, 2007, the Company entered into a new lease agreement for a 66,000 square foot facility in Milpitas, California in which the Company intends to relocate its headquarters sometime before the expiration of the current lease. This new lease will commence on June 30, 2007 and expire in September 2012. The Company is obligated to pay a monthly base rent plus common area maintenance and building operating expenses. The monthly base rent ranges from approximately $42,000 to $55,000, with free base rent for the initial three months.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

 

Classification

   Balance at
Beginning of
Year
   Additions:
Provision for
(Reversal of)
Bad Debts
   Deductions:
Write-Offs
(Recoveries)
of Accounts
  

Balance at

End of
Year

          (in thousands)     

Allowance for returns and doubtful accounts and price protection:

Year ended

           

2007

   $ 1,491    $ 30    $ 920    $ 601

2006

     1,460      31      —        1,491

2005

     935      595      70      1,460

 

S-1


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number
  

Description

  

Filed Herewith or Incorporated Herein by Reference to

  3.1    Second Restated Articles of Incorporation.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-17789) filed October 8, 1987, Amendment No. 1 thereto filed June 9, 1988 and Amendment No. 2 thereto filed June 14, 1988, which Registration Statement became effective June 14, 1988.
  3.2    Certificate of Amendment to the Second Restated Articles of Incorporation dated June 22, 2001.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-64234) filed on June 29, 2001.
  3.6    Bylaws of Registrant, as amended.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2003.
  4.1    Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2004, between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent, including the Certificate of Designation, the form of Rights Certificate and the Summary of Rights attached thereto as Exhibit A, B and C, respectively.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2004.
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement dated June 24, 2003, between the Company and the investors named therein.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 filed with the Registrant’s Form S-3 filed on July 16, 2003.
  4.3    Amendment No.1 to Registration Rights Agreement dated July 2, 2003 between the Company and the investors named therein.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 filed with the Registrant’s Form S-3 filed on July 16, 2003.
10.1    Distribution Agreement dated September 10, 1985.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-4131) filed on March 19, 1986, Amendment No. 1 thereto filed April 28, 1986 and Amendment No. 2 thereto filed May 15, 1986, Which Registration Statement became effective May 15, 1986.
10.2*    Registrant’s 1986 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended, and form of Subscription Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-61549) filed on August 14, 1998.
10.4*    Registrant’s Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Plan and form of Stock Option Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-86875) filed on September 10, 1999.
10.5*    Registrant’s 1994 Director Stock Option Plan and form of Director Option Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-74308) filed on January 28, 1994, Amendment No. 1 thereto filed February 24, 1994, Amendment No. 2 thereto filed March 3, 1994, Amendment No. 3 thereto filed March 4, 1994 and Amendment No. 4 thereto filed March 8, 1994.

 

E-1


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

  

Filed Herewith or Incorporated Herein by Reference to

10.6*    Registrant’s 2001 Employee Stock Option Plan.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-64234) filed on June 29, 2001.
10.7*    Registrant’s 2001 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and Form of Subscription Agreement.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (333-64234) filed on June 29, 2001.
10.8    Registrant’s 2001 Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank, as amended.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002.
10.9    Lease between the Registrant and EOP-Industrial Portfolio, L.L.C.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 1, 2003.
10.10    Amendment to Registrant’s 2001 Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2004.
10.11    Amended and Restated Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement with Silicon Valley Bank    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2004.
10.12    Purchase of Series B Preferred Stock in Envivio from Sigma Designs, Inc.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2005.
10.13    Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 13, 2005 by and among the Company, Blue7 Communications and the other parties named therein.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 16, 2005.
10.14    Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated January 9, 2006 by and among the Company, Blue7 Communications and the other parties named therein.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2006.
10.15    Industrial Lease by and between AMB Property, L.P. and the Company dated February 22, 2007   
10.16*    Offer Letter with Mark Kent dated February 4, 2007   
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.    Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2004.
23.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Armanino McKenna LLP)    Filed herewith as page E-5
24.1    Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).    Filed herewith as page 47
31.1    Certification of the President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).    Filed herewith as page E-7

 

E-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
  

Description

  

Filed Herewith or Incorporated Herein by Reference to

31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a).    Filed herewith as page E-9
32.1    Certificate of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    Filed herewith as page E-11
32.2    Certificate of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.    Filed herewith as page E-12

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

E-3

Exhibit 10.15

LOGO

Industrial Lease

Oakcreek Business Park

Milpitas, California

AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,

as Landlord,

and

Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation,

as Tenant


Table of Contents

 

Section

        Page
1.    Basic Provisions    1
   1.1    Parties    1
   1.2    Premises    1
   1.3    Term    1
   1.4    Base Rent    1
   1.5    Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses    1
   1.6    Tenant’s Estimated Monthly Rent Payment    1
   1.7    Security Deposit    1
   1.8    Permitted Use    1
   1.9    Guarantor    2
   1.10    Addenda    2
   1.11    Exhibits    2
   1.12    Address for Rent Payments    2
   1.13    Brokers    2
2.    Premises and Common Areas    2
   2.1    Letting    2
   2.2    Common Areas - Definition    2
   2.3    Common Areas - Tenant’s Rights    2
   2.4    Common Areas - Rules and Regulations    2
   2.5    Common Area Changes    2
   2.6    Parking    3
3.    Term    3
   3.1    Term    3
   3.2    Delay in Possession    3
   3.3    Commencement Date Certificate    3
4.    Rent    3
   4.1    Base Rent    3
   4.2    Operating Expenses    3
5.    Security Deposit    5
6.    Use    5
   6.1    Permitted Use    5
   6.2    Hazardous Substances    6
   6.6    Tenant’s Exculpation    6
   6.3    Tenant’s Compliance with Requirements    6
   6.4    Inspection; Compliance with Law    7
   6.5    Tenant Move-in Questionnaire    7
7.    Maintenance, Repairs, Trade Fixtures and Alterations    7
   7.1    Tenant’s Obligations    7
   7.2    Landlord’s Obligations    7
   7.3    Alterations    7
   7.4    Surrender/Restoration    8
   7.5    Tenant’s Security System    8
8.    Insurance; Indemnity    8
   8.1    Payment of Premiums    8
   8.2    Tenant’s Insurance    8
   8.3    Landlord’s Insurance    9
   8.4    Waiver of Subrogation    9
   8.5    Indemnity    9
   8.6    Exemption of Landlord from Liability    10
9.    Damage or Destruction    10
   9.1    Termination Right    10
   9.2    Damage Caused by Tenant    10
10.    Real Property Taxes    10
   10.1    Payment of Real Property Taxes    10
   10.2    Real Property Tax Definition    10
   10.3    Additional Improvements    10
   10.4    Joint Assessment    11
   10.5    Tenant’s Property Taxes    11
11.    Utilities    11
12.    Assignment and Subleasing    11
   12.1    Prohibition    11
   12.2    Request for Consent    11
   12.3    Criteria for Consent    11

 

i


   12.4    Effectiveness of Transfer and Continuing Obligations    12
   12.5    Recapture    12
   12.6    Transfer Premium    12
   12.7    Waiver    12
   12.8    Special Transfer Prohibitions    13
   12.9    Affiliates    13
   12.10    Sharing Occupancy    13

13.

   Default; Remedies    13
   13.1    Default    13
   13.2    Remedies    14
   13.3    Late Charges    15

14.

   Condemnation    15

15.

   Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements    16
   15.1    Estoppel Certificate    16
   15.2    Financial Statement    16

16.

   Additional Covenants and Provisions    16
   16.1    Severability    16
   16.2    Interest on Past-Due Obligations    16
   16.3    Time of Essence    16
   16.4    Landlord Liability    16
   16.5    No Prior or Other Agreements    16
   16.6    Notice Requirements    16
   16.7    Date of Notice    17
   16.8    Waivers    17
   16.9    Holdover    17
   16.10    Cumulative Remedies    17
   16.11    Binding Effect: Choice of Law    17
   16.12    Landlord    17
   16.13    Attorneys’ Fees and Other Costs    17
   16.14    Landlord’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs    17
   16.15    Signs    17
   16.16    Termination; Merger    18
   16.17    Quiet Possession    18
   16.18    Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance    18
   16.19    Rules and Regulations    18
   16.20    Security Measures    18
   16.21    Reservations    18
   16.22    Conflict    19
   16.23    Offer    19
   16.24    Amendments    19
   16.25    Multiple Parties    19
   16.26    Authority    19
   16.27    Recordation    19
   16.28    Confidentiality    19
   16.29    Landlord Renovations    19
   16.30    Waiver of Jury Trial    19
   16.31    Back-Up Generator    19
   16.32    Satellite Dish    20

 

ii


Glossary

The following terms in the Lease are defined in the paragraphs opposite the terms.

 

Term

   Defined in Paragraph

Additional Rent

   4.1

Applicable Requirements

   6.3

Assign

   12.1

Base Rent

   1.4

Basic Provisions

   1

Building

   1.2

Building Operating Expenses

   4.2(b)

Code

   12.8

Commencement Date

   1.3

Commencement Date Certificate

   3.3

Common Areas

   2.2

Common Area Operating Expenses

   4.2(b)

Condemnation

   14

Default

   13.1

Expiration Date

   1.3

HVAC

   4.2(a)(x)

Hazardous Substance

   6.2

Indemnity

   8.5

Industrial Center

   1.2

Landlord

   1.1

Landlord Entities

   6.2(c)

Lease

   1.1

Lenders

   6.4

Mortgage

   16.18

Operating Expenses

   4.2

Party/Parties

   1.1

Permitted Use

   1.8

Premises

   1.2

Prevailing Party

   16.13

Real Property Taxes

   10.2

Rent

   4.1

Reportable Use

   6.2

Requesting Party

   15

Responding Party

   15

Rules and Regulations

   2.4, 16.19

Security Deposit

   1.7, 5

Taxes

   10.2

Tenant

   1.1

Tenant Acts

   9.2

Tenant’s Entity

   6.2(c)

Tenant’s Share

   1.5

Term

   1.3

Use

   6.1

 

iii


AMB Property Corporation

Industrial Lease

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties . This Lease (“Lease”) dated February 22, 2007 (“Lease Date”), is made by and between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”) (collectively, the “Parties” or individually, a “Party”).

1.2 Premises . The premises (“Premises”), which are the subject of this Lease, are located in the industrial center commonly known as the Oakcreek Business Park (the “Industrial Center”). The Premises are all of the building (“Building”) identified on Exhibit A , consisting of approximately 65,664 square feet and commonly known as 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California.

Since the Premises are all of the Building, there shall, for purposes of this Lease, be no distinction between the words “Premises” or “Building.” Tenant shall have nonexclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.2 below) but shall not have any rights to the roof or exterior walls (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease) or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Industrial Center consists of the Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, and all other buildings and improvements within the boundaries of the Industrial Center.

1.3 Term . Sixty-three (63) months (“Term”) commencing on the earlier of (i) June 30, 2007, and (ii) the date Tenant commences the conduct of its business in the Premises (it being understood that the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the performance of Tenant’s other fit-up work in the Premises shall not constitute the conduct of Tenant’s business) (“Commencement Date”) and ending September 30, 2012 (“Expiration Date”). If the Commencement Date or Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Section 4.1) (as applicable) shall be on a day other than the first day of a month, the Term of this Lease shall be extended equal to the number of days required such that the Term expires on the last day of the last month of the Term.

1.4 Base Rent . Base Monthly Rent (“Base Rent”) shall be payable as follows:

 

Months

   Monthly Base Rent

Commencement Date through the end of the third full calendar month following the Commencement Date

   $ 0.00

Months 4 – 12

   $ 41,696.64

Months 13 – 24

   $ 44,979.84

Months 25 – 36

   $ 48,263.04

Months 37 – 48

   $ 51,546.24

Months 49 – 63

   $ 54,829.44

1.5 Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (“Tenant’s Share”).

 

(a)

   Common Area Operating Expenses    100 %

(b)

   Building Operating Expenses    100 %

Tenant shall commence paying Operating Expenses as of the Commencement Date.

1.6 Tenant’s Estimated Monthly Rent Payment . Following is the estimated monthly Rent payment to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. This estimate is made at the inception of the Lease and is subject to adjustment pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. The Estimated Total Monthly Payment, set forth below, shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease for the first month of the Lease Term.

 

(a)

   Base Rent (Paragraph 4.1)    $ 41,696.64

(b)

   Operating Expenses (Paragraph 4.2, excluding Real Property Taxes and Landlord Insurance)    $ 5,251.52

(c)

   Landlord Insurance (Paragraph 8.3)    $ 1,312.88

(d)

   Real Property Taxes (Paragraph 10)    $ 9,190.16
   Estimated Total Monthly Payment    $ 57,451.20

1.7 Security Deposit . $70,567.30 (“Security Deposit”).

1.8 Permitted Use (“Permitted Use”) . Office, administrative, sales, research and development, and distribution functions, but only to the extent permitted by the City in which the Premises are located and all agencies and governmental authorities having jurisdiction of the Premises.

 

1


1.9 Guarantor . None

1.10 Addenda . Attached hereto are the following Addenda, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

  (a) Addendum 1: Inducement Recapture
  (b) Addendum 2: Option to Extend

1.11 Exhibits . Attached hereto are the following Exhibits, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

Exhibit A :

   Description of Premises.

Exhibit B :

   Commencement Date Certificate.

Exhibit C :

   Tenant Move-in and Lease Renewal Environmental Questionnaire

Exhibit D :

   Move Out Standards

Exhibit E :

   Rules and Regulations

Exhibit F :

   Tenant Improvements

1.12 Address for Rent Payments . All amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord shall, until further notice from Landlord, be paid to Landlord at the following address:

AMB Property, L.P.

c/o AMB Property Corporation

P.O. Box 6156

Hicksville, NY 11802-6156

1.13 Brokers . Tenant represents that it has not dealt with any real estate brokers or agents other than CPS representing Landlord and The Staubach Company representing Tenant (collectively the “Brokers”). The Brokers shall receive commissions payable by Landlord pursuant to a separate listing agreement with Landlord.

2. Premises and Common Areas.

2.1 Letting . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises upon all of the terms, covenants, and conditions, set forth in this Lease. Any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease or that may have been used in calculating Base Rent and/or Operating Expenses is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable, and the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less. Tenant accepts the Premises in its present “As-Is” condition, state of repair and operating order, except as may be set forth in a Tenant Improvement Agreement entered into or attached as part of this Lease, and subject to Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease; provided, Landlord shall deliver the Premises on the Lease Date with the roof, HVAC and electrical, plumbing and lighting systems in good working condition. Landlord shall repair, at its sole cost and expense, after receipt of Tenant’s written notice thereof, which notice must be delivered to Landlord within the first one hundred eighty (180) days of the Term of this Lease, any defects or deficiencies in any of the aforementioned systems serving the Premises which are not in good working order to the extent Tenant has not caused such systems to not be in good working order. If Tenant fails to timely deliver to Landlord any such written notice of the aforementioned defects or deficiencies within said 180-day period, Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any such work thereafter, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease.

2.2 Common Areas - Definition . “Common Areas” are all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Industrial Center that are provided and designated by the Landlord from time to time for the general nonexclusive use of Landlord, Tenant, and other tenants of the Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, tenants, contractors, and invitees.

2.3 Common Areas - Tenant’s Rights . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant, for the benefit of Tenant and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers, and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the nonexclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Landlord under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or covenants, conditions, and restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center.

2.4 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations . Landlord shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend, and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 16.19.

2.5 Common Area Changes . Landlord shall have the right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the locations, size, shape, and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Industrial Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

 

2


(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas, in which event Tenant’s Share shall be proportionally adjusted;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs, or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to, or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Landlord may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate; provided, when exercising its rights under this Section 2.5, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to unreasonably, materially and adversely interfere with the normal conduct of Tenant’s business within the Premises.

2.6  Parking .  Tenant shall have the right to use, at no additional charge, two hundred forty seven (247) vehicle parking spaces on those portions of the Common Areas designated for parking. Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to ensure that such spaces are available to Tenant for its use, and Tenant may enforce Tenant’s right to use the same. Tenant shall not use more parking spaces than such number. Such parking spaces shall be used only for parking by vehicles no larger than full sized passenger automobiles, sport utility vehicles, vans, or pick-up trucks and in no event shall Tenant or any Tenant Entities park or permit any parking of vehicles overnight without Landlord’s prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers or invitees to be loaded, unloaded or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. If Tenant permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described herein, then Landlord shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately payable as additional rent within ten (10) days after demand by Landlord. Landlord may change the number of parking spaces and configuration of the parking areas at any time, so long as such changes do not decrease the number or parking spaces available to Tenant and do not otherwise materially interfere with Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises.

3. Term.

3.1 Term . The Commencement Date, Expiration Date, and Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

3.2 Delay in Possession . Provided Tenant shall have (i) delivered to Landlord the Security Deposit and the Estimated Total Monthly Payment, (ii) delivered to Landlord any and all insurance certificates required by this Lease and (iii) executed and delivered this Lease to Landlord in a form acceptable to Landlord, on the Lease Date Landlord shall deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant for the purposes of performing the installation of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Exhibit F ), and Tenant’s telecommunications, furniture and other “fit up” work; such entry and possession shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Lease, except that in no event shall Tenant have any obligation to pay any (a) Base Rent until the Rent Commencement Date (defined below), (b) utilities until the Lease Date and (c) Operating Expenses until the Commencement Date. If for any reason Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on the Lease Date, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder. In such case (and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease): (i) the date upon which Tenant is obligated to pay utilities, the Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date shall each be extended by one (1) day for each day after the Lease Date that Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant, and (ii) if for any reason Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the Lease Date, then at any time thereafter until possession of the Premises is delivered to Tenant, Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord, in which event, Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant the Security Deposit and the Estimated Total Monthly Payment, and thereupon the parties shall be released from all further obligations under this Lease.

3.3 Commencement Date Certificate . At the request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a completed certificate (“Commencement Date Certificate”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Rent.

4.1 Base Rent . Commencing the earlier of three (3) months following the Commencement Date or October 1, 2007 (“Rent Commencement Date”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent and other monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease (such other monetary obligations are herein referred to as “Additional Rent”) in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, in advance on or before the first day of each month. Base Rent and Additional Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved. Payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be made to Landlord at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing to Tenant. Base Rent and Additional Rent are collectively referred to as “Rent.” All monetary obligations of Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease are deemed to be Rent.

4.2 Operating Expenses . Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of all Operating Expenses in accordance with the following provisions.

(a) “Operating Expenses” are all costs incurred by Landlord relating to the ownership and/or operation of the Industrial Center, Building, and Premises including, but not limited to, the following:

 

3


(i) Expenses relating to the ownership, management, maintenance, repair, replacement and/or operation of the Common Areas, including, without limitation, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, rail spurs, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, drainage systems, lighting facilities, fences and gates, exterior signs, and/or tenant directories.

(ii) Water, gas, electricity, telephone, and other utilities not paid for directly by tenants of the Industrial Center.

(iii) Trash disposal, snow removal, janitorial, security and the management and administration of any and all portions of the Industrial Center, including, without limitation, a property management fee (not to exceed an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the gross Rent under this Lease), accounting, auditing, billing, postage, salaries and benefits for clerical and supervisory employees to the extent serving the Industrial Center, whether located at the Industrial Center or off-site, payroll taxes and legal and accounting costs and all fees, licenses and permits related to the ownership, operation and management of the Industrial Center;

(iv) Real Property Taxes.

(v) Premiums and all applicable deductibles for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under paragraph 8 below; provided , however , any deductibles for earthquake insurance shall be amortized over the greater of the remaining months in the Term or eighty four (84) months, and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of such monthly amortized amount as follows: the monthly amortization shall be the sum of (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the amount of the deductible by the greater of the remaining months in the Term or eighty four (84) months, plus (b) interest on such amount at a rate equal to the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum annual interest rate permitted by law.

(vi) Environmental insurance programs.

(vii) Subject to Section 4.2(a)(ix) below, monthly amortization of reasonably necessary capital improvements to any portion of the Industrial Center which are not expensed by Landlord. The monthly amortization of any such capital improvement shall be the sum of the (a) quotient obtained by dividing the cost of the capital improvement by Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the number of months of useful life of such improvement plus (b) an amount equal to the cost of the capital improvement times 1/12 of the lesser of 10% or the maximum annual interest rate permitted by law.

(viii) Maintenance of the Common Areas and Building, including, but not limited to, painting, caulking, and repair and replacement of Building components, including, but not limited to, roof membrane, elevators, and fire detection and sprinkler systems.

(ix) Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems (“HVAC”) for the Premises the costs for which are not the sole responsibility of Tenant; provided, Landlord agrees that (a) as soon as commercially reasonable following the Lease Date, Landlord shall commence replacement of the roof membrane and the sixty (60) ton HVAC unit servicing the Premises, the cost of such items shall be amortized over a period of fifteen (15) years and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of such amortized amount on a monthly basis, together with interest on such amortized amount at the fixed rate of ten percent (10%) per annum and (b) in the event during the Term or any extension thereof any other component of the HVAC system servicing the Premises requires replacement, Landlord shall perform such work and the cost thereof shall be amortized as a capital improvement as set forth in Section 4.2(a)(vii).

(b) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses that are not specifically attributed to the Premises or Building (“Common Area Operating Expenses”) shall be that percentage shown in Paragraph 1.5(a). Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses that are attributable to the Building (“Building Operating Expenses”) shall be that percentage shown in Paragraph 1.5(b). Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall determine which Operating Expenses are Common Area Operating Expenses, Building Operating Expenses, or expenses to be entirely borne by Tenant.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities, and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not impose any obligation upon Landlord either to have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services.

(d) Tenant shall pay monthly in advance, on the same day that the Base Rent is due, Tenant’s Share of the expenses set forth in Paragraph 1.6. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant within 90 days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Tenant’s Share of the actual expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Tenant’s estimated payments under this Paragraph 4(d) during the preceding year exceed Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall be credited (or Landlord shall promptly refund) the amount of such overpayment against Tenant’s Share of expenses next becoming due. If Tenant’s estimated payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year were less than Tenant’s Share as indicated on said statement, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of the deficiency within 10 days after delivery by Landlord to Tenant of said statement. At any time Landlord may adjust the amount of the estimated Tenant’s Share of expenses to reflect Landlord’s estimate of such expenses for the year.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of this Lease, the term “Operating Expenses” shall not include the following: (i) costs (including permit, license, and inspection fees) incurred in renovating, improving, decorating, painting, or redecorating vacant space or space for other tenants within

 

4


the Industrial Center; (ii) legal, accounting and other professional fees and costs incurred in connection with lease negotiations, the audit of any Landlord financial materials by any other tenant, the enforcement of any leases (including unlawful detainer proceedings and the collection of rents), and requests related to any assignment or sublease; (iii) leasing commissions, advertising expenses, and other costs incurred in connection with the leasing of the Industrial Center or future re-leasing of any portion of the Industrial Center; (iv) depreciation of the Building or any other improvements situated within the Industrial Center; (v) any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by any other tenant of the Industrial Center; (vi) costs of repairs or other work necessitated by fire, windstorm or other casualty (provided, any deductibles shall be an Operating Expense to the extent set forth in Section 4.2(a) above) and/or costs of repair or other work necessitated by the exercise of the right of eminent domain to the extent insurance proceeds or a condemnation award, as applicable, is actually received by Landlord for such purposes; provided, such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the parties in accordance with the provisions of Sections 7, 8 and 9 below; (vii) other than any interest charges as expressly provided for in this Lease, any interest or payments on any financing for any portion of the Industrial Center, interest and penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s late payment of any invoice (provided that Tenant pays Tenant’s Share of expenses to Landlord when due as set forth herein), and any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for same; (viii) any payments under a ground lease or master lease; (ix) overhead and profit paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for management or other services on or to the Industrial Center for supplies or other materials to the extent the amounts incurred are in excess of those which would have been incurred if such supplies or services were obtained from unrelated third parties; (x) all voluntary contributions to any political or charitable persons or entities; (xi) costs for the acquisition of sculpture, paintings or other art objects; (xii) advertising, marketing and promotion costs; (xiii) costs associated with the operation of the corporation or other entity which constitutes the Landlord, as distinguished from costs of operation of the Industrial Center; (xiv) reserves for capital replacement; (xv) any cost (other than environmental insurance programs to the extent set forth in Paragraph 4.2(a) above) related to any Hazardous Substance (defined below) not caused to be present by Tenant or any Tenant Entity and (xvi) any costs and expenses incurred in leasing equipment or systems which would constitute a capital expenditure if such equipment were purchased (provided such costs and expenses shall be included in Operating Expenses to the extent such costs and expenses are reimbursable to Landlord pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(vii)).

(f) After delivery to Landlord of at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense through any accountant designated by it, shall have the right to examine and/or audit the books and records evidencing such expenses for the previous one (1) calendar year, during Landlord’s reasonable business hours but not more frequently than once during any calendar year. Tenant may not compensate any such accountant on a contingency fee basis. The results of any such audit (and any negotiations between the parties related thereto) shall be maintained strictly confidential by Tenant, its lawyers and its accounting firm and shall not be disclosed, published or otherwise disseminated to any other party other than to Landlord and its authorized agents, except as otherwise required by Applicable Requirements or court order. Landlord and Tenant each shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in such negotiations and to promptly resolve any discrepancies between Landlord and Tenant in the accounting of such expenses.

5. Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord upon Tenant’s execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Tenant’s faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent or otherwise Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Landlord may use the Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Landlord or to reimburse or compensate Landlord for any liability, cost, expense, loss, or damage (including attorneys’ fees) which Landlord may suffer or incur by reason thereof. Tenant shall on demand pay Landlord the amount so used or applied so as to restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth in Paragraph 1.7. Landlord shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Landlord shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof and after Tenant has vacated the Premises, return to Tenant that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Landlord. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Tenant under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Paragraph 1.8. Tenant shall not commit any nuisance, permit the emission of any objectionable noise or odor, suffer any waste, make any use of the Premises which is contrary to any law or ordinance, or which will invalidate or increase the premiums for any of Landlord’s insurance (unless Tenant pays for such increase within ten (10) days following written demand therefor). Tenant shall not service, maintain, or repair vehicles on the Premises, Building, or Common Areas. Tenant shall not store foods, pallets, drums, or any other materials outside the Premises. Tenant’s use is subject to, and at all times Tenant shall comply with any and all Applicable Requirements, defined below. Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent of Tenant, such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems reasonably necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel or subdivision maps and/or restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions, as applicable, do not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s operations in the Premises. Tenant agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easements, rights, dedications, maps or restrictions. Tenant shall not initiate, submit an application for, or otherwise request, any land use approvals or entitlements with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center, including without limitation, any variance, conditional use permit or rezoning, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Premises, and specifically the fire protection features of the Building (including, without limitation, the sprinkler system, smoke hatches, if any, draft curtains, if any, and fire hose racks, if any) are adequate to fully meet the needs and requirements of its intended use and operation of its business within the Premises and further,

 

5


Tenant shall be solely responsible for complying with all applicable laws and specifically, the high-pile storage requirements of the City of Milpitas, California and any other applicable jurisdictions.

6.2 Hazardous Substances .

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term, “Hazardous Substance,” as used in this Lease, shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material, or waste whose presence, nature, quantity, and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release, or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Landlord to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil, or any products or by-products thereof. Tenant shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of Landlord and compliance in a timely manner (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration, or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on, or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior consent, but upon notice to Landlord and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Tenant in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage, or expose Landlord to any liability therefor. In addition, Landlord may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any Hazardous Substance by Tenant upon Tenant’s giving Landlord such additional assurances as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises, and the environment against damage, contamination, injury, and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to the installation (and, at Landlord’s option, removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasements, if appropriate).

(b) Duty to Inform Landlord . If Tenant knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance is located in, under, or about the Premises or the Building, Tenant shall immediately give Landlord written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to such Hazardous Substance. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).

(c) Indemnification . Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold Landlord, Landlord’s affiliates, Lenders, and the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, employees, managers, independent contractors, attorneys, and agents of the foregoing (“Landlord Entities”) and the Premises harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance on or brought onto the Premises by or for Tenant or by any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, servants, visitors, suppliers, or invitees (such employees, agents, contractors, servants, visitors, suppliers, and invitees as herein collectively referred to as “Tenant Entities”). Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property, or the environment created or suffered by Tenant, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved. Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall survive the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease.

(d) Tenant’s Exculpation . Tenant shall neither be liable for nor otherwise obligated to Landlord under any provision of this Lease with respect to (i) any claim, remediation obligation, investigation obligation, liability, cause of action, attorney’s fees, consultants’ cost, expense or damage resulting from any Hazardous Substance present in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Industrial Center to the extent neither caused nor otherwise permitted, directly or indirectly, by Tenant or the Tenant Entities; or (ii) the removal, investigation, monitoring or remediation of any Hazardous Substance present in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Industrial Center caused by any source, including third parties other than Tenant and the Tenant Entities, as a result of or in connection with the acts or omissions of persons other than Tenant or the Tenant Entities; provided, however, Tenant shall be fully liable for and otherwise obligated to Landlord under the provisions of this Lease for all liabilities, costs, damages, penalties, claims, judgments, expenses (including without limitation, attorneys’ and experts’ fees and costs) and losses to the extent (a) Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities exacerbates the conditions caused by such Hazardous Substances, or (b) Tenant and/or the Tenant Entities allows or permits persons over which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities has control and/or for which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities are legally responsible for, to cause such Hazardous Substances to be present in, on, under, through or about any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Industrial Center, or does not take all reasonably appropriate actions to prevent such persons over which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities has control and/or for which Tenant or any of the Tenant Entities are legally responsible from causing the presence of Hazardous Substances in, on, under, through or about any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Industrial Center.

6.3 Tenant’s Compliance with Requirements . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently, and in a timely manner comply with all “Applicable Requirements,” which term is used in this Lease to

 

6


mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements, and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the reasonable recommendations of Landlord’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (a) industrial hygiene, (b) environmental conditions on, in, under, or about the Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (c) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to perform any alterations or modifications to the structure of the Building or the Building Systems required by any Applicable Requirement except to the extent any such alteration or modification is necessitated by any Alteration (including without limitation, the Tenant Improvements) installed by or for Tenant or any Tenant Entity, or by the particular use of the Premises, the Building or the Industrial Center by Tenant or any Tenant Entity. Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s written request, provide Landlord with copies of all documents and information evidencing Tenant’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements, and shall immediately upon receipt notify Landlord in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint, or report pertaining to or involving failure by Tenant or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance with Law . In addition to Landlord’s environmental monitoring and insurance program, the cost of which is included in Operating Expenses, Landlord and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust, or ground leases on the Premises (“Lenders”) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon reasonable advance notice and subject to Tenant’s reasonable security requirements, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Tenant with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements. Landlord shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Landlord with respect to Tenant’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. The cost and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same unless a violation of Applicable Requirements exists or is imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. Tenant shall upon request reimburse Landlord or Landlord’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections if a violation of Applicable Requirements by Tenant is found to exist.

6.5 Tenant Move-in Questionnaire . Prior to executing this Lease, Tenant has completed, executed and delivered to Landlord Tenant’s Move-in and Lease Renewal Environmental Questionnaire (the “Tenant Move-in Questionnaire”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by this reference. Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that to the best knowledge of Tenant after due inquiry and investigation, the information on the Tenant Move-in Questionnaire is true and correct and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Substances which will be made and/or used on the Premises by Tenant.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7.1 Tenant’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.1 (Letting), Paragraph 7.2 (Landlord’s Obligations), Paragraph 9 (Damage or Destruction), and Paragraph 14 (Condemnation), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition, and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Tenant and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Tenant’s use, any prior use, the elements, or the age of such portion of the Premises) including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connectors if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 7.2 below. Except as set forth in Paragraph 4.2(a)(ix) with respect to Landlord’s obligation to perform replacements to the HVAC system, Tenant’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements, or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition, and state of repair. Tenant shall also be solely responsible for the cost of all repairs and replacements caused by the negligent acts or omissions or intentional misconduct by Tenant or Tenant’s employees, contractors, agents, guests or invitees, subject to Paragraph 8.4 concerning waiver of subrogation rights. If Tenant refuses or neglects to perform its obligations under this paragraph to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, at any time perform the same without Landlord having any liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s Property or to Tenant’s business by reason thereof. If Landlord performs any such obligations, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred therefor. Upon Tenant’s written request, Tenant shall be assigned, on a non-exclusive basis, and enforce concurrently with Landlord, any warranties made or given to Landlord with respect to any of the HVAC system.

7.2 Landlord’s Obligations . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.1 (Letting), Paragraph 6 (Use), Paragraph 7.1 (Tenant’s Obligations), Paragraph 9 (Damage or Destruction), and Paragraph 14 (Condemnation), Landlord, at its expense and not subject to the reimbursement requirements of Paragraph 4.2, shall maintain and repair (i) the roof structure, foundations, columns, footings, sub-flooring, and all load bearing and exterior walls of the Building, and (ii) any damage to the Premises caused by any act or omission of Landlord or Landlord Entities, Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under this Paragraph 7. Landlord, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall maintain and repair the Building roof membrane and Common Areas, and utility systems (and related pipes and conduit) within the Industrial Center which are outside of the Premises. In addition, Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, and at Tenant’s sole cost, elect to contract for all or any portion of the maintenance and repair of the HVAC systems serving the Premises.

7.3 Alterations . Tenant shall not install any signs, fixtures, improvements, nor make or permit any other alterations or additions (individually, an “Alteration”, and collectively, the “Alterations”) to the Premises

 

7


without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), except for Alterations that, on a per project basis, cost less than Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) and which do not materially and adversely affect the Building Systems, exterior of the Building or the structural integrity or structural components of the Premises or the Building. In all events, Tenant shall deliver at least ten (10) days prior notice to Landlord, from the date Tenant intends to commence construction, sufficient to enable Landlord to post a Notice of Non-Responsibility and Tenant shall obtain all permits or other governmental approvals prior to commencing any of such work and deliver a copy of same to Landlord. All Alterations shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, and shall be installed by a licensed, insured and bonded contractor (reasonably approved by Landlord) in compliance with all applicable Laws (including, but not limited to, the ADA), and all recorded matters and rules and regulations of the Industrial Center. In addition, all work with respect to any Alterations must be done in a good and workmanlike manner. Landlord’s approval of any plans, specifications or working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall not create nor impose any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with any laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such a manner as not to obstruct access to the Industrial Center, or the Common Areas for any other tenant of the Industrial Center, and as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Industrial Center, or interfere with the labor force working in the Industrial Center. As Additional Rent hereunder, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within ten (10) days after demand, for any reasonable, out-of-pocket legal, engineering, architectural, planning and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s Alterations, plus Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to five percent (5%) of the total cost of the Alterations. If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant agrees to carry “Builder’s All Risk” insurance, in an amount approved by Landlord and such other insurance as Landlord may require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant in accordance with the terms of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the property on which the Premises are situated free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant shall, prior to construction of any and all Alterations, cause its contractor(s) and/or major subcontractor(s) to provide insurance as reasonably required by Landlord, and Tenant shall provide such assurances to Landlord, including without limitation, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds for any Alteration in the event the cost of such Alteration exceeds $200,000 (excluding the Tenant Improvements), as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof to protect Landlord and the Industrial Center from and against any loss from any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens.

7.4 Surrender/Restoration . Except as set forth in Section 7.5 below, Tenant shall surrender the Premises by the end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date, clean and free of debris and in good operating order, condition, and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted and in accordance with the Move Out Standards set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the above, Tenant shall remove all Alterations designated by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, personal property, trade fixtures, and floor bolts, patch all floors, and cause all lights to be in good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, provided, if, at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to the making of any Alterations or other improvements to the Premises or otherwise informs Landlord of an Alteration Tenant intends to perform which does not require Landlord’s consent, Tenant gives Landlord a specific written request for a determination as to whether such Alteration or other improvement must be removed at the end of the Term, Landlord shall designate whether such Alteration or other improvement must be removed at the end of the Term.

7.5 Tenant’s Security System . Subject to the terms of Section 7.3 above (except the first sentence of Section 7.3) and the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant shall have the right to install and maintain its own security system for the Premises, which system may include, but not be limited to, cardreaders, cameras and on-site security guards. If requested by Owner in writing, at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Term (or if terminated earlier, then at any time no later than sixty (60) days following such early termination), as such Term may be extended, Tenant shall be required to remove each and every component of the security system, repair any damage caused by such removal and restore the Premises (with respect to the security system installed by Tenant) to the condition existing prior to the installation of such security system, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums and Deductibles . The cost of the premiums and all applicable deductibles (to the extent set forth in Paragraph 4.2) for the insurance policies maintained by Landlord under this Paragraph 8 shall be a Common Area Operating Expense reimbursable pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date and Expiration Date.

8.2 Tenant’s Insurance .

(a) At its sole cost and expense, Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect during the Term of the Lease the following insurance coverages insuring against claims which may arise from or in connection with the Tenant’s operation and use of the Premises.

(i) Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $3,000,000 general aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage. Such insurance shall be endorsed to include Landlord and Landlord Entities as additional insureds, shall be primary and noncontributory with any Landlord insurance, and shall provide severability of interests between or among insureds.

 

8


(ii) Workers’ Compensation insurance with statutory limits and Employers Liability with a $1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury or disease.

(iii) Automobile Liability insurance covering all owned, nonowned, and hired vehicles with a $1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury and property damage.

(iv) Special form property insurance at least as broad as the current ISO Special Form policy (and Tenant shall not be obligated to carry flood or earthquake coverage provided Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or loss arising from flood or earthquake and Tenant waives and releases Landlord from all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments and costs arising from or related to Tenant’s failure to carry such flood or earthquake coverage), for loss to any tenant improvements or betterments, floor and wall coverings, and business personal property on a full insurable replacement cost basis with no coinsurance clause, and Business Income insurance covering at least six months of loss of income and continuing expense.

(b) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of all insurance reflecting evidence of required coverages prior to initial occupancy, and annually thereafter.

(c) If, in the opinion of Landlord’s insurance advisor, but not more than twice during the Term, the amount or scope of such coverage is deemed inadequate at any time during the Term, Tenant shall increase such coverage to such reasonable amounts or scope as Landlord’s advisor deems adequate; provided, any such increased coverage shall be consistent with coverage customarily required to be carried for similar types of buildings within the vicinity of the Industrial Center.

(d) All insurance required under Paragraph 8.2 (i) shall be issued by insurers licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and which are rated A:VII or better by Best’s Key Rating Guide and (ii) shall be endorsed to provide at least 30-days prior notification of cancellation (except ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) or reduction in coverage to said additional insureds.

8.3 Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord shall maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this Lease, subject to reimbursement as provided in Paragraph 4.2, policies of insurance which afford such coverages as are commercially reasonable and as is consistent with other properties in Landlord’s portfolio. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall obtain and keep in force during the Term of this Lease, as an item of Operating Expenses, a policy or policies in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and to the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises (“Lender(s)”), insuring loss or damage to the Building, including all improvements, fixtures (other than trade fixtures) and permanent additions. However, all Alterations, additions and improvements made to the Premises by Tenant (including the Tenant Improvements) shall be insured by Tenant rather than by Landlord. The amount of such insurance procured by Landlord shall be equal to at least eighty percent (80%) of the full replacement cost of the Building, including all improvements and permanent additions as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by Lenders. At Landlord’s option, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (including, without limitation, the perils of flood and earthquake), including coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Building required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered cause of loss. If any such insurance coverage procured by Landlord has a deductible clause, the deductible shall not exceed commercially reasonable amounts, and in the event of any casualty, the amount of such deductible to the extent set forth in Paragraph 4.2 shall be an item of Operating Expenses.

8.4 Waiver of Subrogation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant each waive any right to recover against the other and their respective agents, employees and approved subtenants on account of any and all claims Landlord or Tenant may have against the other for damage to property that arises out of or incident to any peril which is actually insured against, which is required to be insured against under this Lease, or which would normally be covered by so called “all risk” or “special form” property insurance, without regard to the negligence or willful misconduct of the entity or party so released.

8.5 Indemnity . Except to the extent arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Entities, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability, or costs (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) incurred by reason of:

(a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or death, bodily, or personal injury to any person occurring in or about the Premises, the Building, or the Industrial Center to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, invitees, contractors, suppliers, subtenants, or visitors;

(b) the conduct or management of any work or anything whatsoever done by the Tenant on or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises;

(c) Tenant’s failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances, and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or

(d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement to be performed pursuant to this Lease.

 

9


The provisions of this Paragraph 8.5 shall, with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination, survive the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease.

8.6 Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Entities, neither Landlord nor Landlord Entities shall be liable for and Tenant waives any claims against Landlord and Landlord Entities for injury or damage to the person or the property of Tenant, Tenant’s employees, contractors, invitees or customers in or about the Premises, Building or Industrial Center from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, damage or injury which is caused by or results from (i) fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning or lighting fixtures or (ii) from the condition of the Premises, other portions of the Building or Industrial Center. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect (passive or active) of any other tenants of Landlord or any subtenant or assignee of such other tenants nor from the failure by Landlord to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding Landlord’s negligence (active or passive), gross negligence (active or passive), or breach of this Lease, Landlord shall under no circumstances be liable for (a) injury to Tenant’s business, for any loss of income or profit therefrom or any indirect, consequential or punitive damages or (b) any damage to property or injury to persons arising from any act of God or war, violence or insurrection, including, but not limited to, those caused by earthquakes, hurricanes, storms, drought, floods, acts of terrorism, and/or riots.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Termination Right . If the Premises are damaged in whole or in part by fire, the elements, or any other cause whatsoever, then Landlord shall restore the same to substantially the same condition existing immediately prior to such damage, unless the Lease is terminated by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 9.1. Tenant shall give Landlord immediate written notice of any damage to the Premises. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.2, if the Premises or the Building shall be damaged to such an extent that there is substantial interference for a period exceeding two hundred seventy (270) consecutive days with the conduct by Tenant of its business at the Premises, then either party, at any time prior to commencement of repair of the Premises and following ten (10) days written notice to the other party, may terminate this Lease effective thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice to the other party. Further, if any portion of the Premises is damaged and is not fully covered by the aggregate of insurance proceeds received by Landlord (excluding any applicable deductible) or if the holder of any indebtedness secured by the Premises requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, and Tenant does not voluntarily contribute any shortfall thereof to Landlord, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of notice to Tenant of any such event. Additionally, if the repair of any such damage is not completed within two hundred seventy (270) days (regardless of the time estimated for completion of the repairs), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the 270-day period, with any such termination effective thirty (30) days after delivery of the notice of termination, unless all such repairs are completed within such thirty (30) day period. Such termination shall not excuse the performance by Tenant of those covenants which under the terms hereof survive termination. Rent shall be abated in proportion to the degree of interference during the period that there is such substantial interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises. Abatement of rent and Tenant’s right of termination pursuant to this provision shall be Tenant’s sole remedy with respect to any such damage regardless of the cause thereof.

9.2 Damage Caused by Tenant . Tenant’s termination rights under Paragraph 9.1 shall not apply if the damage to the Premises or Building is the result of any act or omission of Tenant or of any of Tenant’s agents, employees, customers, invitees, or contractors (“Tenant Acts”). Subject to Paragraph 8.4, any damage resulting from a Tenant Act shall be promptly repaired by Tenant. Landlord at its option may at Tenant’s expense repair any damage caused by Tenant Acts.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Payment of Real Property Taxes . Landlord shall pay the Real Property Taxes due and payable during the term of this Lease and, except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, such payments shall be a Common Area Operating Expense reimbursable pursuant to Paragraph 4.2.

10.2 Real Property Tax Definition . As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” is any form of tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary, or extraordinary, imposed or levied upon (a) the Industrial Center or Building, (b) any interest of Landlord in the Industrial Center or Building, (c) Landlord’s right to rent or other income from the Industrial Center or Building, and/or (d) Landlord’s business of leasing the Premises. Real Property Taxes include (a) any license fee, commercial rental tax, excise tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy, or tax; (b) any tax or charge which replaces or is in addition to any of such above-described “Real Property Taxes,” and (c) any fees, expenses, or costs (including attorneys’ fees, expert fees, and the like) incurred by Landlord in protesting or contesting any assessments levied or any tax rate, but only to the extent of any cost-savings actually achieved. Real Property Taxes for tax years commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date and Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Real Property Taxes shall not include any of the following tax or assessment expenses: (i) estate, inheritance, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or any federal, state or local income, sales or transfer tax, and (ii) penalties and interest, other than those attributable to Tenant’s failure to comply timely with its obligations pursuant to this Lease.

10.3 Additional Improvements . Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes attributable to improvements placed upon the Industrial Center by other tenants or by Landlord for the exclusive enjoyment of such other tenants. Tenant shall, however, pay to Landlord at the time Operating Expenses are payable under

 

10


Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed by reason of improvements placed upon the Premises by Tenant or at Tenant’s request.

10.4 Joint Assessment . If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed.

10.5 Tenant’s Property Taxes . Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Tenant’s improvements, fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and all personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or stored within the Industrial Center.

11. Utilities. Tenant shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, telephone, security, gas, and cleaning of the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. For any such utility fees or services that are not billed or metered separately to Tenant, including without limitation, water and sewer charges, and garbage and waste disposal (collectively, “Utility Expenses”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of Utility Expenses. If Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s Share of Utility Expenses is not commensurate with Tenant’s use of such services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount which is attributable to Tenant’s use of the utilities or similar services, as reasonably estimated and determined by Landlord, based upon factors such as size of the Premises and intensity of use of such utilities by Tenant such that Tenant shall pay the portion of such charges reasonably consistent with Tenant’s use of such utilities and similar services. If Tenant disputes any such estimate or determination, then Tenant shall either pay the estimated amount or cause the Premises to be separately metered at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Share of any assessments, charges, and fees included within any tax bill for the lot on which the Premises are situated, including without limitation, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees, sewer use fees, and any other similar fees or charges.

12. Assignment and Subleasing.

12.1 Prohibition . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber, grant any license or concession, pledge or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein, permit any assignment or other such transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives (all of the foregoing are sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). No consent to any Transfer shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Section, and all subsequent Transfers may be made only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, but which consent shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

12.2 Request for Consent . If Tenant seeks to make a Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing, and deliver to Landlord at least thirty (30) days (but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days) prior to the proposed commencement date of the Transfer (the “Proposed Effective Date”) the following information and documents (the “Tenant’s Notice”): (i) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”); (ii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer including without limitation, the Proposed Effective Date, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of the existing or proposed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer; (iii) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, member, partner or owner thereof, and any such other information as Landlord may then reasonably require, including without limitation, audited financial statements (if and to the extent available) for the previous three (3) most recent consecutive fiscal years; (iv) the Plans and Specifications (defined below), if any; and (v) such other information as Landlord may then reasonably require. Tenant shall give Landlord the Tenant’s Notice by registered or certified mail addressed to Landlord at Landlord’s Address specified in the Basic Lease Information. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Tenant’s Notice (the “Landlord Response Period”) Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of its determination with respect to such requested proposed Transfer and the election to recapture as set forth below. If Landlord does not elect to recapture pursuant to the provisions hereof and Landlord does consent to the requested proposed Transfer, Tenant may thereafter assign its interests in and to this Lease or sublease all or a portion of the Premises to the same party and on the same terms as set forth in the Tenant’s Notice. If Landlord fails to respond to Tenant’s Notice within Landlord’s Response Period, then, after Tenant delivers to Landlord ten (10) days written notice (the “Second Response Period”) and Landlord fails to respond thereto prior to the end of the Second Response Period, the proposed Transfer shall then be deemed approved by Landlord.

12.3 Criteria for Consent . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, among other circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where (a) Tenant is then in Default of its obligations under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, (b) the use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is prohibited under this Lease or differs from the uses permitted under this Lease, (c) the proposed Transferee or its business is subject to compliance with additional requirements of the ADA beyond those requirements which are applicable to Tenant, unless the proposed Transferee shall first deliver plans and specifications for complying with such additional requirements (the “Plans and Specifications”) and obtain Landlord’s written consent thereto (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (d) the proposed Transferee does not intend to occupy a substantial portion of the Premises assigned or sublet to it, (e) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the proposed Transferee’s business operating ability or history, reputation or creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted by the proposed Transferee at the Premises, (f) the proposed Transferee is a governmental agency or unit, (g) the proposed Transfer would violate any “exclusive” rights of any occupants in the Industrial Center or cause Landlord to violate another agreement or obligation to which Landlord is a party or otherwise subject, (h) Landlord or Landlord’s agent has shown space in the Industrial Center to the proposed Transferee or responded to any inquiries from the proposed Transferee or the proposed Transferee’s agent concerning availability of space in the Industrial Center, at any time within the preceding

 

11


twelve (12) months, and Landlord then has comparable space in the Industrial Center available for lease to such Transferee, (i) Landlord otherwise reasonably determines that the proposed Transfer would have the effect of decreasing the value of the Industrial Center or of materially increasing the expenses associated with operating, maintaining and repairing the Industrial Center, (j) either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, (i) occupies space in the Industrial Center on the date Tenant requests consent or (ii) has negotiated with Landlord for a lease of premises in the Industrial Center during the ninety (90) day period immediately preceding the date Tenant requests consent, (k) the per rentable square foot rent proposed to be charged by Tenant to the proposed Transferee during the term of such Transfer, calculated using a present value analysis, is less than ninety percent (90%) of the lowest per rentable square foot rent agreed to in a lease entered into by Landlord within the ninety (90) day period immediately preceding the date Tenant requests consent, for comparable space in the Industrial Center, for a comparable term or (l) the proposed Transferee will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials (defined below) in or about the Premises of a type, nature or quantity that could materially adversely affect the value of the Building or Industrial Center.

12.4 Effectiveness of Transfer and Continuing Obligations . Prior to the date on which any permitted Transfer becomes effective, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document, (ii) an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “Transferee HazMat Certificate”), and (iii) Landlord’s form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease, as applicable (subject to any commercially reasonable changes requested by Tenant or the Transferee and acceptable to Landlord), executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations pursuant to this Lease. Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such consent instrument shall not release or discharge the Transferee from its obligation to do so or from any liability as provided herein. The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases. Each permitted Transferee shall assume and be deemed to assume this Lease and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with Tenant for payment of Rent and for the due performance of, and compliance with all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed or complied with, for the Term of this Lease. No Transfer shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment, shall be joint and several with the assignee), and Tenant shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. An assignee of Tenant shall become directly liable to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder, but no Transfer by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligations or liability under this Lease whether occurring before or after such consent, assignment, subletting or other Transfer. The acceptance of any or all of the Rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer. If Tenant is a business entity whose stock is not traded on a public exchange or “over-the-counter” market, then the direct or indirect transfer of more than fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interest of the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more than one transaction) shall be deemed a Transfer and shall be subject to all the provisions hereof and in such event, subject to Paragraph 12.9 below, it shall be a condition to Landlord’s consent to such ownership change that such entities or persons acquiring such ownership interest assume, as a primary obligor, all rights and obligations of Tenant under this Lease (and such entities and persons shall execute all documents reasonably required to effectuate such assumption). Except with respect to an Affiliate (defined below), any and all options, first rights of refusal, tenant improvement allowances and other similar rights granted to Tenant in this Lease, if any, shall not be assignable by Tenant unless expressly authorized in writing by Landlord (which shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion). Any transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent, shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a material default by Tenant of this Lease. As Additional Rent hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord each time it requests a Transfer, an administrative fee in the amount of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and, in addition, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for out-of-pocket legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any actual or proposed Transfer.

12.5 Recapture . Landlord may, as a condition to its consent recapture the Subject Space described in the Tenant’s Notice if Tenant is seeking to sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for a period equal to or greater than eighty percent (80%) of the remainder of the Term. If such recapture notice is given, it shall serve to terminate this Lease with respect to the proposed Subject Space, or, if the proposed Subject Space covers all the Premises, it shall serve to terminate the entire Term of this Lease, in either case, as of the Proposed Effective Date. However, no termination of this Lease with respect to part or all of the Premises shall become effective without the prior written consent, where necessary, of the holder of each deed of trust encumbering the Premises or any other portion of the Industrial Center. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions with respect to less than the entire Premises, the Rent shall be adjusted on the basis of the proportion of rentable square feet retained by Tenant to the rentable square feet originally demised and this Lease as so amended shall continue thereafter in full force and effect.

12.6 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, as Additional Rent, at the same time as the monthly installments of Rent are payable hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium. The term “Transfer Premium” shall mean all rent, additional rent and other consideration payable by such Transferee (after first deducting all reasonable legal fees and leasing commissions) which either initially or over the term of the Transfer exceeds the Rent or pro rata portion of the Rent, as the case may be, for such space reserved in the Lease.

12.7 Waiver . Notwithstanding any Transfer, or any indulgences, waivers or extensions of time granted by Landlord to any Transferee, or failure by Landlord to take action against any Transferee, Tenant agrees that Landlord may, at its option, proceed against Tenant without having taken action against or joined such Transferee,

 

12


except that Tenant shall have the benefit of any indulgences, waivers and extensions of time granted to any such Transferee.

12.8 Special Transfer Prohibitions . Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, Tenant may not (a) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to any person or entity in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”); or (b) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease in any other manner which could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or which could cause any other income received by Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Code.

12.9 Affiliates . The assignment or subletting by Tenant of all or any portion of this Lease or the Premises to (i) a parent or subsidiary of Tenant, or (ii) any person or entity which controls, is controlled by or under the common control with Tenant, or (iii) any entity which purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, or (iv) any entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated (all such persons or entities described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) being sometimes herein referred to as “Affiliates”) shall not be subject to obtaining Landlord’s prior consent and no Transfer Premium shall be payable, provided in all instances that:

(a) any such Affiliate was not formed as a subterfuge to avoid the obligations of this Article 12;

(b) Tenant gives Landlord prior notice of any such assignment or sublease to an Affiliate, except solely for those assignments or subleases in connection with which any applicable law precludes Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of prior notice of said assignment or sublease then, in all such instances, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord subsequent notice of said assignment or sublease within ten (10) days following the first (1st) day on which Tenant is permitted by law to deliver notice of such assignment or sublease to Landlord;

(c) the successor of Tenant shall have throughout the Term a tangible net worth and net assets, in the aggregate, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (but excluding goodwill as an asset), which is sufficient to meet the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, as reasonably determined by Landlord;

(d) any such assignment or sublease shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, and such assignee or sublessee (i.e. any such Affiliate), other than in the case of an Affiliate resulting from a merger or consolidation, shall assume, in a written document reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and delivered to Landlord upon or prior to the effective date of such assignment or sublease, all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and

(e) Tenant and any guarantor shall remain fully liable for all obligations to be performed by Tenant under this Lease.

12.10 Sharing Occupancy . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12 (and the following shall not constitute a Transfer or assignment under this Lease), Tenant may share occupancy of the Premises with Tenant’s contractors, customers, partners, or business teammates provided (i) at least seventy percent (70%) of the Premises are occupied by Tenant, (ii) the use of the Premises is not changed, (iii) Tenant’s insurance coverages set forth in Section 8.2 shall be applicable to all of the activities of such parties and (iv) Section 8.5 shall be applicable to and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all claims arising from or related to the occupancy of the Premises by such parties.

13. Default; Remedies.

13.1 Default . The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute an event of default on the part of Tenant (“Default”):

(a) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant while Tenant is in default in the payment of Rent;

(b) Failure to pay any installment of Base Rent, Additional Rent, or any other monies due and payable hereunder, said failure continuing for a period of five (5) business days after Landlord’s delivery of written notice to Tenant that said payment is past due. Tenant agrees that any such written notice delivered by Landlord shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, serve as the statutorily required notice under applicable law to the extent Tenant fails to cure such failure to pay within such five (5) business day period. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to notice and service of notice as provided for in accordance with applicable statutory requirements;

(c) A general assignment by Tenant or any guarantor for the benefit of creditors;

(d) The filing of a voluntary petition of bankruptcy by Tenant or any guarantor; the filing of a voluntary petition for an arrangement; the filing of a petition, voluntary or involuntary, for reorganization; or the filing of an involuntary petition by Tenant’s creditors or guarantors;

(e) Receivership, attachment, or other judicial seizure of the Premises or all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets on the Premises where the same is not dismissed within sixty (60) days;

 

13


(f) Failure of Tenant to maintain insurance as required by Paragraph 8.2 and such failure shall continue for ten (10) days after Landlord’s written notice thereof to Tenant;

(g) Any breach by Tenant of its covenants under Paragraph 6.2 which breach continues for ten (10) days after written notice;

(h) Failure in the performance of any of Tenant’s covenants, agreements, or obligations hereunder (except those failures specified as events of Default in other Paragraphs of this Paragraph 13.1 which shall be governed by such other Paragraphs), which failure continues for twenty (20) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if Tenant has exercised reasonable diligence to cure such failure and such failure cannot be cured within such 20-day period despite reasonable diligence, Tenant shall not be in default under this subparagraph unless Tenant fails thereafter diligently and continuously to prosecute the cure to completion;

(i) Any transfer of a substantial portion of the assets of Tenant, or any incurrence of a material obligation by Tenant, unless such transfer or obligation is undertaken or incurred in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, or in good faith for equivalent consideration, or with Landlord’s consent; and

(j) The default of any guarantors of Tenant’s obligations hereunder under any guaranty of this Lease, or the attempted repudiation or revocation of any such guaranty.

13.2 Remedies . In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall have any or all of the following remedies:

(a) Termination . In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder by giving written notice of such intention to terminate. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease then Landlord may recover from Tenant:

(1) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which have been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(2) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(3) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and any other sums due and payable for the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(4) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord (i) in retaking possession of the Premises; (ii) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new lessee or lessees; (iii) for leasing commissions; or (iv) for any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus

(5) such reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default, and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedy; and plus

(6) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law. As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at an annual rate equal to ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%). Tenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other present or future law, in the event Tenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any Default of Tenant hereunder.

(b) Continuation of Lease . In the event of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, provided tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations).

(c) Re-entry . In the event of any Default by Tenant, Landlord shall also have the right, with or without terminating this Lease, in compliance with applicable law, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant.

(d) Reletting . In the event of the abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or in the event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceeding or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Paragraph a, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, if and to the extent allowed by applicable law, relet

 

14


the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so relet, then rentals received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied in the following order: (1) to reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord as a result of a Default and costs in the event suit is filed by Landlord to enforce such remedies; (2) to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (3) to the payment of any costs of such reletting; (4) to the payment of the costs of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; (5) to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (6) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent and other sums payable by Tenant hereunder as the same may become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rentals received from such reletting during any month, which is applied to the payment of Rent hereunder, be less than the Rent payable during the month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as ascertained, any costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rentals received from such reletting.

(e) Termination . No re-entry or taking of possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Addendum shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any reletting without termination by Landlord because of any Default by Tenant, Landlord may at any time after such reletting elect to terminate this Lease for any such Default.

(f) Cumulative Remedies . The remedies herein provided are not exclusive and Landlord shall have any and all other remedies provided herein or by law or in equity.

(g) No Surrender . No act or conduct of Landlord, whether consisting of the acceptance of the keys to the Premises, or otherwise, shall be deemed to be or constitute an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the Term, and such acceptance by Landlord of surrender by Tenant shall only flow from and must be evidenced by a written acknowledgment of acceptance of surrender signed by Landlord. The surrender of this Lease by Tenant, voluntarily or otherwise, shall not work a merger unless Landlord elects in writing that such merger take place, but shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of any and all existing subleases, or Landlord may, at its option, elect in writing to treat such surrender as a merger terminating Tenant’s estate under this Lease, and thereupon Landlord may terminate any or all such subleases by notifying the sublessee of its election so to do within five (5) days after such surrender.

(h) Notice Provisions . Tenant agrees that any notice given by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 13.1 of the Lease shall satisfy the requirements for notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 as long as such notice is prepared and served upon Tenant in accordance with the requirements of Section 1161, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding. Should Landlord prepare any notice to Tenant for failure to pay rent, additional rent or perform any other obligation under the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without any further notice from Landlord, the additional sum of $75.00 which the parties hereby agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of preparing such notice.

13.3 Late Charges . Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges. Accordingly, if any installment of Rent or other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within 4 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to 4% of such overdue amount; provided, however, that no such late charge shall be imposed on the first late payment of Rent by Tenant in any 12-month period unless Tenant fails to make such payment within 10 days after its receipt of a written notice of delinquency from Landlord. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of such late charge by Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default with respect to such overdue amount (except with respect to the amount so paid), nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In addition, should Landlord be unable to negotiate any payment made by Tenant on the first attempt by Landlord and without any notice to Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee of $50.00 per item which the parties hereby agree represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of Landlord’s inability to negotiate such item(s).

13.4 Landlord’s Default and Tenant’s Remedies . Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations unless Landlord fails to perform any covenant, condition, or agreement contained in this Lease and fails to cure the nonperformance within a reasonable time, but not later than thirty (30) days after receiving written notice of the failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s failure to perform reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, then Landlord shall not be deemed in default if Landlord commences to cure such failure within said thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently and in good faith prosecutes such cure to completion.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If any material portion of the Premises that is necessary for the conduct of Tenant’s business, more than 10% of the floor area of the Premises, or more than 15% of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Tenant’s parking, is taken by condemnation, Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, to be exercised in writing within 15 days after Landlord shall have given Tenant written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 15 days after the condemning

 

15


authority shall have taken possession), terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Tenant does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, (i) this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises; and (ii) Landlord, at Landlord’s expense, shall make all necessary repairs to the Premises and Common Areas so as to constitute the remaining Premises a complete architectural unit; provided, that if the reasonable cost of such repairs (as determined by a licensed architect reasonably approved by the parties) will exceed the amount of condemnation award to Landlord, or if such repairs cannot in Landlord’s reasonable judgment be completed within sixty (60) days, then Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the day of possession by written notice to Tenant. No reduction of Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any compensation, separately awarded to Tenant, for Tenant’s relocation expenses, moving costs, loss of goodwill, and/or loss of Tenant’s trade fixtures.

15. Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements.

15.1 Estoppel Certificate . Each party (herein referred to as “Responding Party”) shall within 10 business days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party”) execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Requesting Party, to the extent it can truthfully do so, an estoppel certificate in a form reasonably acceptable to the Responding Party, or any of Landlord’s lenders or any prospective purchasers of the Premises or the Industrial Center as the case may be, plus such additional information, confirmation, and statements as be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

15.2 Financial Statement . If Landlord desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Building, Industrial Center, or any part thereof, Tenant shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Tenant’s financial statements for the past 3 years if such financial statements are not otherwise publicly available. All such financial statements shall be received by Landlord and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

16. Additional Covenants and Provisions.

16.1 Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

16.2 Interest on Past-Due Obligations . Any monetary payment due Landlord hereunder not received by Landlord within 10 days following the date on which it was due shall bear interest from the date due at 10% per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law in addition to the late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.3.

16.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

16.4 Landlord Liability . Tenant, its successors, and assigns shall not assert nor seek to enforce any claim for breach of this Lease against any of Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s interest in the Industrial Center and any sales, insurance and condemnation proceeds received therefrom by Landlord. Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest (and any sales, insurance and condemnation proceeds received therefrom by Landlord) for the satisfaction of any liability or claim against Landlord under this Lease. In no event whatsoever shall Landlord (which term shall include, without limitation, any general or limited partner, trustees, beneficiaries, officers, directors, or stockholders of Landlord) ever be personally liable for any such liability.

16.5 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. This Lease and any side letter or separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents, and none of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto. All negotiations and oral agreements acceptable to both parties have been merged into and are included herein. There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease. The parties acknowledge that (i) each party and/or its counsel have reviewed and revised this Lease, and (ii) no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation or enforcement of this Lease or any amendments or exhibits to this Lease or any document executed and delivered by either party in connection with this Lease.

16.6 Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand, messenger, or courier service) or may be sent by certified, or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission during normal business hours, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 16.6. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes.

 

16


Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Landlord may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Tenant.

16.7 Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or an overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or delivered upon telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof, provided a copy is also delivered via hand or overnight delivery or certified mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

16.8 Waivers . No waiver by either Party of a default by the other Party shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant, or condition hereof, or of any subsequent default by the defaulting party of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition hereof. In addition the acceptance by Landlord of any rent or other payment after it is due, whether or not a notice of default has been served or any action (including, without limitation, an unlawful detainer action) has been filed by Landlord thereon, shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s rights to proceed on any notice of default or action which has been filed against Tenant based upon Tenant’s breach of the Lease, except with respect to the rent so accepted.

16.9 Holdover . Tenant has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant holds over with the consent of Landlord: (a) the Base Rent payable shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination; (b) Tenant’s right to possession shall terminate on 30 days notice from Landlord; and (c) all other terms and conditions of this Lease shall continue to apply. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, actions, losses, damages, obligations, costs, and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees incurred or suffered by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises on the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

16.10 Cumulative Remedies . No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies in law or in equity.

16.11 Binding Effect: Choice of Law . This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors, and assigns, and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

16.12 Landlord . The covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord are binding on Landlord, its successors, and assigns only during their respective period of ownership of an interest in the Building. In the event of any transfer or transfers of such title to the Building, Landlord (and, in the case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be concurrently freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance, without any further instrument or agreement, of all liability with respect to the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease first accruing and thereafter to be performed.

16.13 Attorneys’ Fees and Other Costs . If any Party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought. Landlord shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting breach. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket legal, engineering, and other professional services expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with all requests by Tenant or any lender of Tenant for consent, waiver or approval of any kind.

16.14 Landlord’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs . Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (and, except in the event of an emergency, subject to Tenant’s reasonable security requirements) for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or (during the last 300 days of the term) tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements, or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary. Landlord may at any time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs, and Landlord may at any time during the last 300 days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. All such activities of Landlord shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Tenant; provided, however, that in performing any such activities, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s operations in the Premises.

16.15 Signs . Tenant shall not place any signs at or upon the exterior of the Premises or the Building, except that Tenant may, with Landlord’s reasonable cooperation and Landlord’s prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) monument and Building signage so long as such signs are in a location reasonably approved by Landlord and comply with sign ordinances and the signage criteria established for the Industrial Center by Landlord.

 

17


16.16 Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Landlord, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Landlord for Default by Tenant, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Landlord shall, in the event of any such surrender, termination, or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any existing subtenancies. Landlord’s failure within 10 days following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest shall constitute Landlord’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

16.17 Quiet Possession . Upon payment by Tenant of the Base Rent and Additional Rent for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions, and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

16.18 Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance .

(a) Subordination . This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or mortgage (collectively, “Mortgage”) now or hereafter placed by Landlord upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions thereof. Tenant agrees that any person holding any Mortgage shall have no duty, liability, or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Landlord under this Lease. In the event of Landlord’s default with respect to any such obligation that would entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or offset against Rent, Tenant will give any Lender, whose name and address have previously been furnished in writing to Tenant, notice of such default by Landlord. Tenant may not exercise any remedies for default by Landlord unless and until Landlord and the Lender shall have received written notice of such default and a reasonable time (not less than 90 days) shall thereafter have elapsed without the default having been cured. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease superior to the lien of its Mortgage and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage. The provisions of a Mortgage relating to the disposition of condemnation and insurance proceeds shall prevail over any contrary provisions contained in this Lease. Landlord has informed Tenant that there are no Mortgages encumbering the Premises or Industrial Center as of the Lease Date.

(b) Attornment . Subject to the nondisturbance provisions of subparagraph (c) of this Paragraph 16.18, Tenant agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Mortgage. In the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior Landlord that are not expressly stated in this Lease, or (iii) be liable for security deposits or be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, except to the extent received by the new owner.

(c) Non-Disturbance . With respect to a Mortgage entered into by Landlord after the execution of this Lease, Tenant’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “nondisturbance agreement”) from the Mortgage holder that Tenant’s possession and this Lease will not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in default and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

(d) Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Paragraph 16.18 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Landlord or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing, or refinancing of Premises, Tenant and Landlord shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or nonsubordination, attornment, and/or nondisturbance agreement, as is provided for herein. Landlord is hereby irrevocably vested with full power to subordinate this Lease to a Mortgage subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Paragraph 16.18.

16.19 Rules and Regulations . Tenant agrees that it will abide by, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, tenants, contractors, and invitees to abide by, all reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) which Landlord may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the Common Areas, the parking and unloading of vehicles, and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees. The current Rules and Regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E . Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the noncompliance with said Rules and Regulations by other tenants of the Industrial Center. If there is a conflict between any such Rules and Regulations and any other provisions of this Lease, the other provisions of this Lease shall govern.

16.20 Security Measures . Tenant acknowledges that the rental payable to Landlord hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures. Landlord has no obligations to provide same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Tenant, its agents, and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

16.21 Reservations . Landlord reserves the right to grant such easements that Landlord deems necessary and to cause the recordation of parcel maps, so long as such easements and maps do not unreasonably interfere with the access to or use of the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s parking rights. Tenant agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easements or maps.

 

18


16.22 Conflict . Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

16.23 Offer . Preparation of this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant or Landlord’s agent or Tenant’s agent and submission of same to Tenant or Landlord shall not be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

16.24 Amendments . This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification.

16.25 Multiple Parties . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as Tenant, the obligations of such persons shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Tenant.

16.26 Authority . Each person signing on behalf of Landlord or Tenant warrants and represents that she or he is authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and to make it a binding obligation of Landlord or Tenant.

16.27 Recordation . Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof.

16.28 Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep and maintain such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s employees, lenders, investors, financial, legal and space planning consultants, and to the extent required by applicable law or court order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges that the originally-named Tenant under this Lease is a publicly regulated entity and, as such, will be required to attach a copy of this Lease and otherwise disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease in government-mandated public filings.

16.29 Landlord Renovations . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time, at Landlord’s sole option, renovate, improve, develop, alter, or modify (collectively, the “Renovations”) portions of the Building, Premises, Common Areas and the Industrial Center, including without limitation, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same. In connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Industrial Center, including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the Building. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s commercially reasonable actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility, or for any reason be liable to Tenant, for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s Property, Alterations or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, provided, that in performing any such Renovations, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises.

16.30 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL AND THEY HEREBY DO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, THE BUILDING OR THE PARK, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY, LOSS OR DAMAGE.

16.31 Back-up Generator . Tenant shall have the right (but only to the extent permitted by the City of Milpitas and all agencies and governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to construct, maintain and operate a screened equipment area (the “Equipment Area”), in a location outside of the Building approved by Landlord, to house equipment exclusively serving the Premises, including an emergency generator, UPS battery systems and related appurtenances (collectively, the “Generator Equipment”) subject to the following:

(a) The precise location, size and configuration of the Equipment Area shall

(i) be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld and

(ii) promote the safety, aesthetics and efficiency of the Generator Equipment; provided, all of the Generator Equipment and any maintenance or modifications thereto or placement thereof, and all utilities used in connection therewith shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, contained visually within a screened area, and installed, maintained, operated and removed in accordance with the terms of the Lease, all laws and all recorded matters.

(b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all licenses and permits necessary to install and operate the Generator Equipment within the Equipment Area prior to installing or performing any work with respect to the Generator Equipment or Equipment Area. Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) before making any material modifications to the Equipment Area.

 

19


(c) No additional Rent shall be paid by Tenant for use of the Equipment Area or Generator Equipment; provided, Tenant shall be solely responsible to pay for all utilities, including without limitation electricity, used in connection with the Generator Equipment or Equipment Area.

(d) The Generator Equipment shall remain the property of Tenant and Tenant shall remove the Generator Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall restore the Equipment Area and any other portion of the Building or Industrial Center affected by the Generator Equipment to its original condition upon the removal of the Generator Equipment, excepting ordinary wear and tear. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Building and the Industrial Center caused by Tenant or the use, operation, installation, repair, maintenance, alteration or removal of the Generator Equipment. In connection with the removal of the Generator Equipment and when required by any federal, state, or local regulatory authority, Tenant shall perform, at its sole expense, an environmental site assessment reasonably acceptable to Landlord to determine the extent, if any, of contamination of the Premises and Industrial Center and shall, at its sole expense, clean up, remove, and remediate all Hazardous Substances in, on, under or about the Premises or the Industrial Center that may have been caused by the Generator Equipment.

(e) Tenant may not assign, lease, rent, sublet or otherwise transfer any of its interest in the Equipment Area or the Generator Equipment except together with the remainder of all of the Premises as more particularly set forth in Section 12 of the Lease.

(f) Each of the other provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the Equipment Area and the use of the Generator Equipment by Tenant, including without limitation, Sections 6, 7 and 8 of the Lease.

(g) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, if, during the Term, as such Term may be extended, the Generator Equipment poses a human health or environmental hazard that cannot be remediated or has not been remediated within ten (10) days (or such longer time as may reasonably be necessary to complete the remediation) after Tenant has been notified thereof, then Tenant shall immediately cease all operation of the Generator Equipment and Tenant shall remove all of the Generator Equipment within thirty (30) days thereafter. To the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant represents to Landlord that the use of the Generator Equipment will not pose a human health or environmental hazard.

(h) Tenant shall not use the Generator Equipment, the Equipment Area or any other portion of the Project in any way which unreasonably interferes with the use of the Industrial Center by Landlord, or other tenants or licensees of Landlord or any other occupant of the Industrial Center. Such interference shall be deemed a material breach by the Tenant under the Lease, and Tenant shall, within five (5) days of written notice from Landlord, be responsible for terminating said interference. In the event any such interference does not cease within five (5) days of Landlord’s written notice, Tenant acknowledges that continuing interference may cause irreparable injury and, Tenant shall immediately cease all operation of the Generator Equipment and Tenant shall remove all of the Generator Equipment within thirty (30) days thereafter.

(i) Tenant shall be responsible for insuring the Generator Equipment pursuant to Section 8 of the Lease and Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor.

(j) Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless Landlord and all of Landlord’s Entities from any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, judgments, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) any of such Landlord’s Entities may suffer or incur arising out of or related to the installation, use, operation, maintenance, replacement and/or removal of the Generator Equipment or any portion thereof, except to the extent any such claims, demands, liabilities, damages, judgments, costs, or expenses are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Entities.

(k) Tenant shall maintain all reports, inventory and other records, test results, permits and all other data and information required under applicable law for the installation, use and operation of the Generator Equipment, and upon request of Landlord, shall provide a copy of all such reports, records, test results and other information without cost or expense to Landlord.

16.32 Satellite Dish . Tenant shall have the right (but only to the extent permitted by the City of Milpitas and all agencies and governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install and operate a satellite or microwave dish or dishes (“Satellite Dishes”) along with any necessary cables (“Cables”) on a portion of the roof of the Building to be designated by Landlord (“Roof Space”) for the Term of the Lease (the Satellite Dishes and Cables are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Equipment”). The location and size of the Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, not to unreasonably withheld and which best promotes the safety, aesthetics and efficiency of the Equipment; provided, all of the Equipment and any modifications thereto or placement thereof shall be (i) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (ii) contained visually within the roof screen, (iii) installed and operated to Landlord’s reasonable specifications, and (iv) installed, maintained, operated and removed in accordance with all recorded matters and Applicable Requirements. Landlord shall cooperate reasonably with Tenant to modify the roof screen placement (subject to all Applicable Requirements and recorded matters) if required for signal quality, reconfiguration due to the installation of any HVAC systems and other reasonable considerations; provided, the cost of all such modifications shall be the responsibility of Tenant. All modifications to the Building, including the Roof Space, if any, shall be reasonably approved by Landlord prior to commencement of any work with respect to the Equipment. No additional rent shall be paid by Tenant for use of the Roof Space and operation of the Equipment. The Equipment shall remain the property of Tenant and Tenant shall remove the Equipment upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall restore the Roof Space and any other portion of the Building affected by the Equipment to its original condition, excepting ordinary wear and tear. Tenant

 

20


may not assign, lease, rent, sublet or otherwise transfer any of its interest in the Roof Space or the Equipment except together with the remainder of all of the Premises as more particularly set forth in Paragraph 12. Each of the other provisions of this Lease shall be applicable to the Equipment and the use of the Roof Space by Tenant, including without limitation, Paragraphs 8 and 12 of this Lease. The Equipment shall comply with all-non-interference rules of the Federal Communications Commission. If applicable, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of (i) the Federal Communications Commission (or other agency) grant which has awarded frequencies to Tenant and (ii) a list of Tenant’s frequencies. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, if, during the Lease Term, as such Term may be extended, Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, believes that the Equipment poses a human health or environmental hazard that cannot be remediated or has not been remediated within thirty (30) days after Tenant has been notified thereof, then Tenant shall immediately cease all operations of the Equipment and Tenant shall remove all of the Equipment within thirty (30) days thereafter. In addition, Tenant shall be responsible for insuring the Equipment and Landlord shall have no responsibility therefor. Tenant shall indemnify, defend (by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold harmless Landlord from any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, judgments, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) Landlord may suffer or incur arising out of or related to the installation, use, operation, maintenance, replacement and/or removal of the Equipment or any portion thereof.

///signature page follows///

 

21


///continued from previous page///

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified below their respective signatures.

 

LANDLORD:

     TENANT:

AMB Property, L.P.,

     SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     a California corporation

By:

  AMB Property Corporation,      By:  

/s/ Thinh Q. Tran

  a Maryland corporation,      Its:  

CEO

  its general partner      Date:  

02/20/07

  By:  

/s/ John L. Rossi

     By:  

/s/ Mark R. Kent

    John L. Rossi      Its:  

C.F.O.

    Its: Senior Vice President      Date:  

2/20/07

Telephone:

   

(415) 394-9000

                    Telephone:  

408 262-9003

Facsimile:

   

(415) 394-0903

                    Facsimile:  

408 957-9791

Executed at:

    Pier 1, Bay 1                     Executed at:   1221 California Circle
   

San Francisco, CA 94111

       Milpitas, CA 95035

Date:

 

2/22/07

      

If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the chairman of the board, president or vice-president, and the secretary, assistant secretary, chief financial officer or any assistant treasurer, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

 

22


Exhibit A

Description of Premises

This exhibit, entitled “Premises”, is and shall constitute Exhibit A to that certain Industrial Lease dated February 22, 2007 (the “Lease”), by and between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”) for the leasing of certain premises commonly known as 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California (the “Premises”).

The Premises consist of the rentable square footage of space specified in the Basic Lease Information and has the address specified in the Basic Lease Information. The Premises are a part of and are contained in the Building specified in the Basic Lease Information. If set forth below (or attached), the cross-hatched area depicts the Premises within the Industrial Center:

 

Exhibit A, Page 1


Exhibit B

Commencement Date Certificate

 

Landlord:    AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
Tenant:    Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation
Lease Date:    February 22, 2007
Premises:    1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California

The Commencement Date of the Lease is                      ,              .

The Expiration Date of the Lease is                      ,              .

 

LANDLORD:

     TENANT:

AMB Property, L.P.,

     SIGMA DESIGNS, INC.,

a Delaware limited partnership

     a California corporation

By:

  AMB Property Corporation,      By:  

 

  a Maryland corporation,      Its:  

 

  its general partner      Date:  

 

  By:  

 

     By:  

 

    John L. Rossi      Its:  

 

    Its: Senior Vice President      Date:  

 

 

Telephone:

   

(415) 394-9000

                    Telephone:  

 

Facsimile:

   

(415) 394-0903

                    Facsimile:  

 

Executed at:

    Pier 1, Bay 1                     Executed at:  
   

San Francisco, CA 94111

      

 

Date:

 

 

      

If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The document must be executed by the chairman of the board, president or vice-president, and the secretary, assistant secretary, chief financial officer or any assistant treasurer, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this document.

 

Exhibit B, Page 1


Exhibit C

Tenant Move-in and Lease Renewal Environmental Questionnaire

for Commercial and Industrial Properties

Property Name:                                                  

Premises Address: 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California

Exhibit C to the Lease Dated February 22, 2007

Between

AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”)

and

Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”)

Instructions: The following questionnaire is to be completed by the Tenant Representative with knowledge of the planned/existing operations for the specified building/location. A copy of the completed form must be attached to all new leases and renewals, and forwarded to the Owner’s Risk Management Department. Please print clearly and attach additional sheets as necessary.

1.0 Process Information

Describe planned use (new Lease) or existing operations (lease renewal), and include brief description of manufacturing processes employed.

                          

R&D facility with limited repair work of printing-circuit-board in the lab environment.

                          
                          

2.0 Hazardous Materials

Are hazardous materials used or stored? If so, continue with the next question. If not, go to Section 3.0.

 

  2.1 Are any of the following materials handled on the property?                                                         Yes         No   X

(A material is handled if it is used, generated, processed, produced, packaged, treated, stored, emitted, discharged, or disposed.) If so, complete this section. If this question is not applicable, skip this section and go on to Section 5.0.

 

¨ Explosives

   ¨ Fuels    ¨ Oils

¨ Solvents

   ¨ Oxidizers    ¨ Organics/Inorganics

¨ Acids

   ¨ Bases    ¨ Pesticides

¨ Gases

   ¨ PCBs    ¨ Radioactive Materials

¨ Other (please specify)

     

 

  2.2 If any of the groups of materials checked in Section 2.1, please list the specific material(s), use(s), and quantity of each chemical used or stored on the site in the Table below. If convenient, you may substitute a chemical inventory and list the uses of each of the chemicals in each category separately.

 

Material

  

Physical State
(Solid, Liquid,
or Gas)

  

Usage

  

Container
Size

  

Number of
Containers

  

Total
Quantity

N/A

                        
                          
                          
                          

 

  2.3 Describe the planned storage area location(s) for these materials. Please include site maps and drawings as appropriate.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

3.0 Hazardous Wastes

Are hazardous wastes generated?                                                                                                              Yes        No   X

If yes, continue with the next question. If not, skip this section and go to Section 4.0.

 

Exhibit C, Page 1


  3.1 Are any of the following wastes generated, handled, or disposed of (where applicable) on the property?

 

¨ Hazardous wastes

   ¨ Industrial Wastewater
¨ Waste oils    ¨ PCBs
¨ Air emissions    ¨ Sludges
¨ Regulated Wastes    ¨ Other (please specify)

 

  3.2 List and quantify the materials identified in Question 3-1 of this section. Attach separate pages as necessary.

 

Waste
Generated

  

RCRA
listed
Waste?

  

Source

  

Approximate
Monthly
Quantity

  

Waste
Characterization

  

Disposition

                          
                          
                          
                          

 

  3.3 Please include name, location, and permit number (e.g. EPA ID No.) for transporter and disposal facility, if applicable). Attach separate pages as necessary.

 

Transporter/Disposal

Facility Name

  

Facility Location

  

Transporter (T) or

Disposal (D) Facility

  

Permit Number

                
                
                
                

 

  3.4 Are pollution controls or monitoring employed in the process to prevent or minimize the release of wastes into the environment?                                                                                                                                       Yes         No   X

If so, please describe.

                          

N/A

                        
                          
                          
                          

4.0 USTS/ASTS

 

  4.1 Are underground storage tanks (USTs), aboveground storage tanks (ASTs), or associated pipelines used for the storage of petroleum products, chemicals, or liquid wastes present on site (lease renewals) or required for planned operations (new tenants)?                                                                                                                                               Yes         No   X

If not, continue with section 5.0. If yes, please describe capacity, contents, age, type of the USTs or ASTs, as well any associated leak detection / spill prevention measures. Please attach additional pages if necessary.

 

Capacity

  

Contents

  

Year
Installed

  

Type (Steel,
Fiberglass, etc)

  

Associated Leak
Detection / Spill
Prevention Measures*

                     
                     
                     
                     

* Note: The following are examples of leak detection / spill prevention measures:

 

Integrity testing

   Inventory reconciliation    Leak detection system

Overfill spill protection

   Secondary containment    Cathodic protection

 

  4.2 Please provide copies of written tank integrity test results and/or monitoring documentation, if available.

 

  4.3 Is the UST/AST registered and permitted with the appropriate regulatory agencies?                        Yes         No     

If so, please attach a copy of the required permits.

 

Exhibit C, Page 2


  4.4 If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, and if any of the USTs/ASTs have leaked, please state the substance released, the media(s) impacted (e.g., soil, water, asphalt, etc.), the actions taken, and all remedial responses to the incident.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

  4.5 If this Questionnaire is being completed for a lease renewal, have USTs/ASTs been removed from the property?                                                                                                                                                                       Yes        No     

If yes, please provide any official closure letters or reports and supporting documentation (e.g., analytical test results, remediation report results, etc.).

 

  4.6 For Lease renewals, are there any above or below ground pipelines on site used to transfer chemicals or wastes?                                                                                                                                                                         Yes        No     

For new tenants, are installations of this type required for the planned operations?                                Yes         No     

If yes to either question, please describe.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

5.0 Asbestos Containing Building Materials

Please be advised that this property participates in an Asbestos Operations and Maintenance Program, and that an asbestos survey may have been performed at the Property. If provided, please review the information that identifies the locations of known asbestos containing material or presumed asbestos containing material. All personnel and appropriate subcontractors should be notified of the presence of these materials, and informed not to disturb these materials. Any activity that involves the disturbance or removal of these materials must be done by an appropriately trained individual/contractor.

6.0 Regulatory

 

  6.1 For Lease Renewals, are there any past, current, or pending regulatory actions by federal, state, or local environmental agencies alleging noncompliance with regulations?                                                                                  Yes        No     

If so, please describe.

                          

N/A

                        
                          
                          
                          

 

  6.2 For lease renewals, are there any past, current, or pending lawsuits or administrative proceedings for alleged environmental damages involving the property, you, or any owner or tenant of the property?                                      Yes        No     

If so, please describe.

                          

N/A

                        
                          
                          
                          

 

 

  6.3 Does the operation have or require a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) or equivalent permit?                                                                                                                                                         Yes        No    X

If so, please attach a copy of this permit.

 

  6.4 For Lease renewals, have there been any complaints from the surrounding community regarding facility operations?                                                                                                                                                 Yes        No     

Have there been any worker complaints or regulatory investigations regarding hazardous material exposure at the facility?                                                                                                                                                       Yes        No      

If so, please describe status and any corrective actions taken. Please attach additional pages as necessary.

 

                          

N/A

                        
                          
                          
                          

 

  6.5 Has a Hazardous Materials Business Plan been developed for the site?                                                 Yes        No   X

If so, please attach a copy.

 

  6.6 Are any environmental documentation, chemical inventory, or management plan required by the local Fire Department or Health Department?                                                                                                                                   Yes        No   X

If so, please attach a copy.

 

Exhibit C, Page 3


Certification

I am familiar with the real property described in this questionnaire. By signing below, I represent and warrant that the answers to the above questions are complete and accurate to the best of my knowledge. I also understand that the Owner will rely on the completeness and accuracy of my answers in assessing any environmental liability risks associated with the property.

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Michael H. Lin

Name:

 

MICHAEL H. LIN

Title:

 

Director of Operations

Date:

 

2/16/2007

Telephone:

 

408-957-9879

Please forward the completed questionnaire to:

 

Mr. Steve Campbell

AMB Property, L.P.

Pier 1, Bay 1

San Francisco, CA 94111

 

Exhibit C, Page 4


Exhibit D

Move Out Standards

This “Move Out Standards” ( Exhibit D ) is dated February 22, 2007, for reference purposes only and is made between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and [Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”), to be a part of that certain Industrial Lease (the “Lease”) concerning certain premises more commonly known as 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California (the “Premises”). Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease is hereby modified and supplemented as follows:

At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and in addition to any other provisions of the Lease regarding surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as they were upon delivery of possession thereto under the Lease, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall deliver all keys to Landlord. Before surrendering the Premises, Tenant shall remove all of its personal property and trade fixtures and such alterations or additions to the Premises made and paid for by Tenant as may be specified for removal by Landlord under the Lease. If Tenant fails to remove its personal property, fixtures or alterations or additions upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, the same shall be deemed abandoned and shall become the property of Landlord. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all costs and damages incurred by Landlord in removing, storing or selling such property, fixtures, alterations or additions and in restoring the Premises to the condition required pursuant to the Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises, at the time of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, in a condition that shall include, but is not limited to, the following, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and with the understanding that Tenant shall not be required to place any part of the Premises in a better condition from that in which they were received:

 

1.   Lights:   Office and warehouse lights will be fully operational with all bulbs functioning.
2.   Dock Levelers & Roll-Up Doors:   Should be in good working condition.
3.   Dock Seals:   Free of tears and broken backboards caused by any Tenant Entities repaired.
4.   Warehouse Floor:   Free of stains and swept with no racking bolts and other protrusions caused by any Tenant Entities left in the floor. Cracks should be repaired with an epoxy or polymer.
5.   Tenant-Installed Equipment & Wiring:   Removed and space returned to original condition when originally leased. (Remove air lines, junction boxes, conduit, etc.)
6.   Walls:   Sheetrock (drywall) damage caused by any Tenant Entities should be patched and fire-taped so that there are no holes in either office or warehouse.
7.   Roof:   Any tenant-installed equipment must be removed and roof penetrations properly repaired by licensed roofing contractor. Active leaks caused by any Tenant Entities must be fixed and latest and reasonable landlord maintenance and repairs recommendation must have been followed.
8.   Signs:   All exterior signs installed by Tenant must be removed and holes patched and paint touched up as necessary. All window signs should likewise be removed.
9.   Heating & Air Conditioning System:   A written report from a licensed HVAC contractor within the last three months stating that all evaporative coolers and HVAC systems are operational and in good and safe operating condition.
10.   Overall Cleanliness:   Clean windows, sanitize bathroom(s), vacuum carpet and remove any and all debris from office and warehouse. Remove all pallets and debris from exterior of Premises.
11.   Upon Completion:   Contact Landlord’s property manager to coordinate date of turning off power, turning in keys, and obtain final Landlord inspection of Premises which, in turn, will facilitate refund of security deposit.

 

Exhibit D, Page 1


Exhibit E

Rules & Regulations

This Exhibit ( Exhibit E ) is dated February 22, 2007, for reference purposes only and is made between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”), to be a part of that certain Industrial Lease (the “Lease”) concerning certain premises more commonly known as 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California (the “Premises”). The terms, conditions and provisions of this Exhibit E are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.

1. No advertisement, picture or sign of any sort shall be displayed on or outside the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such unapproved item without notice and at Tenant’s expense.

2. Tenant shall not regularly park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.

3. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the prior written consent of Landlord.

4. All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the Building require the prior written approval of Landlord.

5. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials on or around the Premises, the Building or the Park.

6. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord.

7. Tenant agrees not to make any duplicate keys without the prior consent of Landlord.

8. Tenant shall park motor vehicles in those general parking areas as designated by Landlord except for loading and unloading. During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow within the Park and loading and unloading areas of other Tenants.

9. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any occupant of the Building or Park and shall cooperate to prevent same.

10. No person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission.

11. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building, to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.

12. All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises of Tenant shall be immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight.

13. Tractor trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces. No long term parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the auto parking areas of the Park or on streets adjacent thereto.

14. Forklifts which operate on asphalt paving areas shall not have solid rubber tires and shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.

15. Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All such trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord.

16. Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods, or merchandise or pallets or equipment of any sort outside of the Premises nor in or around the Building, the Park or any of the Common Areas of the foregoing. No displays or sales of merchandise shall be allowed in the parking lots or other Common Areas.

17. Tenant shall not permit any animals (excluding seeing-eye dogs and other service animals), including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises, the Building, the Park or any of the Common Areas of the foregoing.

18. Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed on any portion of the Premises or in the Common Areas of the Park, nor shall Tenant permit mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Premises or in the Common Areas of the Park.

 

Exhibit E, Page 1


Exhibit F

Tenant Improvements

This Exhibit ( Exhibit F ) is dated February 22, 2007, for reference purposes only and is made between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”), to be a part of that certain Industrial Lease (the “Lease”) concerning premises more commonly known as 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California (the “Premises”). Landlord and Tenant agree that the Lease is hereby modified and supplemented as follows:

1. Tenant To Construct Tenant Improvements . Subject to the provisions below, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the planning, construction and completion of the Tenant Improvements to the Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Exhibit F. “Tenant Improvements” as used in the Lease shall include only (a) those interior improvements to be made to the Premises as specified in the Construction Documents (defined below) and agreed to by Tenant and Landlord in accordance with the provisions hereof, including cubicles, which shall remain the property of Landlord following expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and (b) any fire protection improvements or equipment that Tenant may elect or be required to install, including without limitation, racking sprinklers, hose racks, reels, smoke vents, smoke curtains, fire sprinkler pipe uplift bracket, seismic upgrade of fire sprinkler main, removal of fire hose cabinets and five (5) year certification of the main riser, and draft curtains. “Tenant Improvements” shall specifically not include any of Tenant’s trade fixtures, racking (except as expressly set forth above), security equipment, equipment, furniture, furnishings, telephone and/or data equipment, telephone and/or data lines or other personal property such as cabling for phones, power poles or electricity to the cubes.

2. Tenant Improvement Plans.

A. Preliminary Plans and Specifications . Promptly after execution of the Lease, Tenant shall retain a licensed and insured architect (“Architect”) to prepare preliminary working architectural and engineering plans and specifications (“Preliminary Plans and Specifications”) for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall deliver the Preliminary Plans and Specifications to Landlord. The Preliminary Plans and Specifications shall be in sufficient detail to show, if and to the extent necessary, locations, types and requirements for all heat loads, people loads, floor loads, power and plumbing, regular and special HVAC needs, telephone communications, telephone and electrical outlets, lighting, lighting fixtures and related power, and electrical and telephone switches. Landlord shall reasonably approve or disapprove the Preliminary Plans and Specifications within five (5) days after Landlord receives the Preliminary Plans and Specifications and, if disapproved, Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval and return the Preliminary Plans and Specifications to Tenant, who shall make all necessary revisions within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Preliminary Plans and Specifications. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant that it disapproves of the initial Preliminary Plans and Specifications within five (5) days (or, in the case of resubmitted Preliminary Plans and Specifications, within three (3) days) after the submission thereof, then Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved the Preliminary Plans and Specifications in question. The approved Preliminary Plans and Specifications, as modified, shall be deemed the “Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications”.

B. Final Plans and Specifications. After the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications are approved by Landlord and are deemed to be the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, Tenant shall cause the Architect to prepare in twenty (20) days following Landlord’s approval of the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications the final working architectural and engineering plans, specifications and drawings, (“Final Plans and Specifications”) for the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall then deliver the Final Plans and Specifications to Landlord. Landlord shall reasonably approve or disapprove the Final Plans and Specifications within five (5) days after Landlord receives the Final Plans and Specifications and, if disapproved, Landlord shall notify Tenant thereof specifying in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval and return the Final Plans and Specifications to Tenant who shall make all necessary revisions within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof. This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves, in writing, the Final Plans and Specifications. If Landlord fails to notify Tenant that it disapproves of the initial Final Plans and Specifications within five (5) days (or, in the case of resubmitted Final Plans and Specifications, within three (3) days) after the submission thereof, then Landlord shall be deemed to have disapproved the Final Plans and Specifications in question. The approved Final Plans and Specifications, as modified, shall be deemed the “Construction Documents”.

C. Miscellaneous. All deliveries of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents shall be delivered by messenger service, by personal hand delivery or by overnight parcel service. While Landlord has the right to approve the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents, Landlord’s interest in doing so is to protect the Premises, the Building and Landlord’s interest. Accordingly, Tenant shall not rely upon Landlord’s approvals and Landlord shall not be the guarantor of, nor responsible for, the adequacy and correctness or accuracy of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents, or the compliance thereof with applicable laws, and Landlord shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of granting such approvals. Tenant agrees to, and does hereby, assume full and complete responsibility to ensure that the Tenant Improvements and the Construction Documents are adequate to fully meet the needs and requirements of Tenant’s intended operations of its business within the Premises and Tenant’s use of the Premises.

D. Building Standard Work. The Construction Documents shall provide that the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in accordance therewith must be at least equal, in quality, to Landlord’s building standard materials, quantities and procedures then in use by Landlord (“Building Standards”) attached hereto as Exhibit F-2 .

 

Exhibit F, Page 1


E. Construction Agreements. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that a provision shall be included in each and every agreement made with the Architect and the Contractor with respect to the Tenant Improvements specifying that Landlord shall be a third party beneficiary of all indemnities and warranties made by the Architect and/or Contractor.

3. Permits . Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5 below) shall obtain all governmental approvals of the Construction Documents to the full extent necessary for the issuance of a building permit for the Tenant Improvements based upon such Construction Documents. Tenant at its sole cost and expense shall also cause to be obtained all other necessary approvals and permits from all governmental agencies having jurisdiction or authority for the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the approved Construction Documents. Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5 below) shall undertake all steps necessary to require that the construction of the Tenant Improvements is accomplished in strict compliance with all statutes, laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations applicable to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the requirements and standards of any insurance underwriting board, inspection bureau or insurance carrier insuring the Premises and/or the Building.

4. Construction .

A. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the construction, installation and completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents approved by Landlord and is solely responsible for the payment of all amounts when payable in connection therewith without any cost or expense to Landlord, except for Landlord’s obligation to contribute the Tenant Improvement Allowance in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 5 below. Tenant shall diligently proceed with the construction, installation and completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents and the completion schedule reasonably approved by Landlord. No material changes shall be made to the Construction Documents and the completion schedule approved by Landlord without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

B. Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5 below) shall employ a licensed, insured and bonded general contractor (“Contractor”) to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents. The construction contracts between Tenant and the Contractor and between the Contractor and subcontractors shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Proof that the Contractor is licensed in California, is bonded as required under California law, and has the insurance specified in Exhibit F-1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, shall be provided to Landlord at the time that Tenant requests approval of the Contractor from Landlord. Tenant shall comply with or cause the Contractor to comply with all other terms and provisions of Exhibit F-1.

C. Prior to the commencement of the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide the following to Landlord, all of which shall be to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction:

(i) An estimated budget and cost breakdown for the Tenant Improvements.

(ii) Estimated completion schedule for the Tenant Improvements.

(iii) Copies of all required approvals and permits from governmental agencies having jurisdiction or authority for the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, if prior to commencement of the construction and installation of Tenant Improvements Tenant has not received the electrical, plumbing or mechanical permits, Tenant shall only be required to provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant has made application therefor, and, upon receipt by Tenant of such permits, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies thereof.

(iv) Evidence of Tenant’s procurement of insurance required to be obtained pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.B and 4.G.

D. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have a right to inspect the Tenant Improvements (provided Landlord does not materially interfere with the work being performed by the Contractor or its subcontractors) and Tenant shall immediately, upon written notice from Landlord if the Tenant Improvements are not in compliance with the Construction Documents approved by Landlord, cause such work to be corrected. If Landlord shall give notice of faulty construction or any other deviation from the Construction Documents, Tenant shall cause the Contractor to make corrections promptly. However, neither the privilege herein granted to Landlord to make such inspections, nor the making of such inspections by Landlord, shall operate as a waiver of any rights of Landlord to require good and workmanlike construction and improvements constructed in accordance with the Construction Documents.

E. Subject to Landlord complying with its obligations in Paragraph 5 below, Tenant shall pay and discharge promptly and fully all claims for labor done and materials and services furnished in connection with the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvements shall not be commenced until five (5) business days after Landlord has received notice from Tenant stating the date the construction of the Tenant Improvements is to commence so that Landlord can post and record any appropriate Notice of Non-responsibility.

F. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the agreements and covenants of Tenant in Sections 6, 7, and 8 of the Lease shall be fully applicable to Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements.

G. Tenant shall maintain, and cause to be maintained, during the construction of the Tenant Improvements, at its sole cost and expense, insurance of the types and in the amounts specified in Exhibit F-1 and in Section 8 of the Lease, together with builders’ risk insurance for the amount of the completed value of the Tenant Improvements on an all-risk non-reporting form covering all improvements under construction, including building materials.

 

Exhibit F, Page 2


H. No materials, equipment or fixtures shall be delivered to or installed upon the Premises pursuant to any agreement by which another party has a security interest or rights to remove or repossess such items, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

I. Landlord reserves the right to establish reasonable rules and regulations during the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, but not limited to, construction parking, storage of materials, hours of work, and clean-up of construction related debris.

J. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following, all of which shall be to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction:

(i) Any certificates required for occupancy, including a permanent and complete Certificate of Occupancy issued by the City of Milpitas.

(ii) A Certificate of Completion signed by the Architect who prepared the Construction Documents, reasonably approved by Landlord.

(iii) A cost breakdown itemizing all expenses for the Tenant Improvements, together with invoices and receipts for the same or other evidence of payment.

(iv) Final and unconditional mechanic’s lien waivers from all contractors and suppliers performing or supplying in excess of $5,000 worth of work or materials for the Tenant Improvements.

(v) A Notice of Completion for execution by Landlord, which certificate once executed by Landlord shall be recorded by Tenant in the official records of the County of Santa Clara, and Tenant shall then deliver to Landlord a true and correct copy of the recorded Notice of Completion.

(vi) A true and complete copy of all as-built plans and drawings for the Tenant Improvements.

5. Tenant Improvement Allowance.

A. Subject to Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Exhibit F , Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance in the amount of Six Hundred Fifty Six Thousand Four Hundred Forty and 00/100 dollars and ($656,440.00) (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) to construct and install only the Tenant Improvements. The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used to design, prepare, plan, obtain the approval of, construct and install the Tenant Improvements and for no other purpose. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to contribute the Tenant Improvement Allowance unless and until the Construction Documents have been approved by Landlord and Tenant has complied with all requirements set forth in Paragraph 4.C. of this Exhibit F . In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant unless Tenant makes a progress payment request pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.B. below prior to that date which is twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date. The costs to be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall include all reasonable costs and expenses associated with the design, preparation, approval, planning, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements (the “Tenant Improvement Costs”), including all of the following:

(i) All costs of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents, and engineering costs associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation:

(ii) All costs of obtaining building permits and other necessary authorizations from local governmental authorities;

(iii) All costs of interior design and finish schedule plans and specifications including as-built drawings, if applicable;

(iv) All direct and indirect costs of procuring, constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, including, but not limited to, the construction fee for overhead and profit and the cost of all on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services rendered by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that the construction fee for overhead and profit, the cost of all on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services shall not exceed amounts which are reasonable and customary for such items in the local construction industry;

(v) All fees payable to the Architect and any engineer if they are required to redesign any portion of the Tenant Improvements following Tenant’s and Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents;

(vi) Utility connection fees;

(vii) Inspection fees and filing fees payable to local governmental authorities, if any;

(viii) All costs of all permanently affixed equipment and non-trade fixtures provided for in the Construction Documents, including the cost of installation; and,

(ix) A construction management fee payable to Landlord in the amount of three percent (3%) of the aggregate of the Tenant Improvement Costs (the “CM Fee”); provided, in the event the General Contractor is

 

Exhibit F, Page 3


Orchard Construction Company, no CM Fee shall be payable to Landlord.

The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be the maximum contribution by Landlord for the Tenant Improvement Costs, and the disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance is subject to the terms contained herein below.

B. Except for payment of the CM Fee, and subject to Section 5.A. above, Landlord will make payments to Tenant from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to reimburse Tenant for Tenant Improvement Costs paid or incurred by Tenant. Payment of the CM Fee shall be the first payment from the Tenant Improvement Allowance and shall be made by means of a deduction or credit against the Tenant Improvement Allowance. All other payments of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be by progress payments not more frequently than once per month and only after satisfaction of the following conditions precedent: (a) receipt by Landlord of conditional mechanics’ lien releases for the work completed and to be paid by said progress payment, conditioned only on the payment of the sums set forth in the mechanics’ lien release, executed by the Contractor and all subcontractors, labor suppliers and materialmen performing or supplying in excess of $5,000 worth of work or materials; (b) receipt by Landlord of unconditional mechanics’ lien releases from the Contractor and all subcontractors, labor suppliers and materialmen performing or supplying in excess of $5,000 worth of work or materials for all work other than that being paid by the current progress payment previously completed by the Contractor, subcontractors, labor suppliers and materialmen and for which Tenant has received funds from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to pay for such work; (c) receipt by Landlord of any and all documentation reasonably required by Landlord detailing the work that has been completed and the materials and supplies used as of the date of Tenant’s request for the progress payment, including, without limitation, invoices, bills, or statements for the work completed and the materials and supplies used; and (d) completion by Landlord or Landlord’s agents of any inspections of the work completed and materials and supplies used as deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord, which Landlord shall timely perform. Except for the CM Fee payment (credit), Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payments shall be paid to Tenant within fourteen (14) days from the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. The preceding notwithstanding, all Tenant Improvement Costs paid or incurred by Tenant prior to Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents in connection with the design and planning of the Tenant Improvements by Architect shall be paid from the Tenant Improvement Allowance, without any retention, within fourteen (14) days following Landlord’s receipt of invoices, bills or statements from Architect evidencing such costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold and retain five percent (5%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance or of any Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payment until the lien-free expiration of the time for filing of any mechanics’ liens claimed or which might be filed on account of any work ordered by Tenant or the Contractor or any subcontractor in connection with the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements.

C. Landlord shall not be obligated to pay any Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payment or the Tenant Improvement Allowance retention if on the date Tenant is entitled to receive the Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payment or the Tenant Improvement Allowance retention Tenant is in Default of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods. Such payments shall resume upon Tenant curing any such default within the time periods which may be provided for in the Lease.

D. Should the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements be less than the Tenant Improvement Allowance, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be automatically reduced to the amount equal to said actual cost.

E. The term “Excess Tenant Improvement Costs” as used herein shall mean and refer to the aggregate of the amount by which the actual Tenant Improvement Costs exceed the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall promptly pay any and all Excess Tenant Improvement Costs.

6. Termination . If the Lease is terminated prior to the date on which the Tenant Improvements are completed, for any reason due to the Default of Tenant hereunder, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under the Lease, within five (5) days of receipt of a statement therefor, any and all costs incurred by Landlord and not reimbursed or otherwise paid by Tenant through the date of termination in connection with the Tenant Improvements to the extent planned, installed and/or constructed as of such date of termination, including, but not limited to, any costs related to the removal of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements and restoration costs related thereto. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7 of the Lease, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove the Tenant Improvements it being the intention of the parties that the Tenant Improvements are to be considered incorporated into the Building.

7. Lease Provisions; Conflict . The terms and provisions of the Lease, insofar as they are applicable, in whole or in part, to this Exhibit F , are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and specifically including all of the provisions of Section 16 of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Exhibit F , the terms of this Exhibit F shall prevail. Any amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under the Lease and, upon any default in the payment of same, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available to it as provided for in the Lease.

 

Exhibit F, Page 4


Exhibit F-1

Construction Insurance Requirements

Before commencing work, the Contractor shall procure and maintain at its sole cost and expense until completion and final acceptance of the work, at least the following minimum levels of insurance.

A. Workers’ Compensation in statutory amounts and Employers Liability Insurance in the minimum amounts of $100,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident and $100,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease with a $500,000 policy limit, covering each and every worker used in connection with the contract work.

B. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance on an occurrence basis including, but not limited to, protection for Premises/Operations Liability, Broad Form Contractual Liability, Owner’s and Contractor’s Protective, and Products/Completed Operations Liability*, in the following minimum limits of liability.

 

Bodily Injury, Property Damage, and

Personal Injury Liability

   $2,000,000/each occurrence
   $3,000,000/aggregate

* Products/Completed Operations Liability Insurance is to be provided for a period of at least one (1) year after completion of work.

Coverage should include protection for Explosion, Collapse and Underground Damage.

C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with the following minimum limits of liability.

 

Bodily Injury and Property

   $1,000,000/each occurrence

Damage Liability

   $2,000,000/aggregate

This insurance will apply to all owned, non-owned or hired automobiles to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the work.

D. Umbrella Liability Insurance in a minimum amount of five million dollars ($5,000,000), providing excess coverage on a following-form basis over the Employer’s Liability limit in Paragraph A and the liability coverages outlined in Paragraphs B and C.

E. Equipment and Installation coverages in the broadest form available covering Contractor’s tools and equipment and material not accepted by Tenant. Tenant will provide Builders Risk Insurance on all accepted and installed materials.

All policies of insurance, duplicates thereof or certificates evidencing coverage shall be delivered to Landlord prior to commencement of any work and shall name Tenant and Landlord, and its partners and lenders as additional insureds as their interests may appear. All insurance policies shall (1) be issued by a company or companies licensed to be business in the state of California, (2) provide that no cancellation, non-renewal or material modification shall be effective without thirty (30) days prior written notice provided to Landlord, (3) provide no deductible greater than $15,000 per occurrence, (4) contain a waiver to subrogation clause in favor of Tenant and Landlord, and its partners and lenders, and (5) comply with the requirements of the Lease to the extent such requirements are applicable.

 

Exhibit F-1, Page 1


Exhibit F-2

Building Standards

Outline Specification for

New Office Build-Out in R&D Buildings

OFFICE AREA

Demising Partition and Corridor Walls:

Note: One hr. rated walls where required based on occupancy group.

 

A. 6” 20-gage metal studs at 24” O.C. (or as required by code based on roof height) framed full height from finish floor to surface above.

 

B.

One (1) layer  5 / 8 ” drywall Type “X” both sides of wall, fire taped only.

Interior Partitions:

 

A.

3-  5 / 8 ” 25-gage metal studs at 24” O.C. to bottom of T-Bar ceiling grid approximately 9’ 0” high.

 

B.

One (1) layer  5 / 8 ” drywall both sides of wall, smooth ready for paint.

 

C.

3-  5 / 8 ” metal studs including all lateral bracing as required by code.

Perimeter Drywall (At Office Areas):

 

A.

3-  5 / 8 ” metal studs @ 24” O.C. to 12’ 0” above finished floor. (or as required by Title-24 for full height envelope then use demising wall spec.)

 

B.

One (1) layer  5 / 8 ” Type “X” drywall taped smooth and ready for paint.

Column Furring:

 

A.

Furring channel all sides of 2-  1 / 2 ” metal studs per details.

 

B.

One (1) layer  5 / 8 ” drywall taped smooth and ready for paint.

 

C. Columns within walls shall be furred-out.

Acoustical Ceilings:

Note: Gyp. Bd. ceiling at all restrooms Typ.

 

A. 2’ x 4’ standard white T-Bar grid system as manufactured by Chicago Metallic of equal.

 

B.

2’ x 4’ x  5 / 8 ” white, no-directional acoustical tile to be regular second look as manufactured by Armstrong or equal.

Painting:

 

A. Sheetrock walls within office to receive two (2) coats of interior latex paint as manufactured by Kelly Moore or equal. Some portions of second coat to be single accent color.

 

B. Semi-gloss paint all restrooms and lunch rooms.

Window Covering:

 

A. 1” aluminum mini-blinds as manufactured by Levelor, Bali or equal, color to be selected by Legacy Partners Commercial, Inc. (brushed aluminum or white).

 

B. Blinds to be sized to fit window module.

VCT:

 

A.

VCT to be  1 / 8 ” x 12” x 12” as manufactured by Armstrong -Excelon Series or equal.

 

B. Slabs shall be water proofed per manufacturer recommendations, at sheet vinyl or VCT areas.

Light Fixtures:

 

A. 2” x 4” T-bar lay in 3-tube energy efficient fixture with cool white fluorescent tubes with parabolic lens as manufactured by Lithonia or equal. (Approximately 50 F.C.)

Light Switches:

 

A. Switching as required by Title 24.

 

B. Switch assembly to be Levinton or equal, color - White

 

36


Electrical Outlet:

 

A. 110V duplex outlet in demising or interior partitions only, as manufactured by Leviton or equal, color to be White.

 

37


Addendum 1

Inducement Recapture

This Inducement Recapture Addendum is a part of the Industrial Lease dated February 22, 2007, by and between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”) for the premises commonly known as 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California.

Any agreement by Landlord for possession of the Premises without the payment or reduced payment of rent or other charges or for the giving or paying by Landlord to or for Tenant of any cash or other bonus, inducement, or consideration for Tenant’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” are conditioned upon Tenant’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant during the term of this Lease. If this Lease is terminated due to a Default by Tenant, any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement, or consideration abated, given, or paid by Landlord under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord and recoverable by Landlord as additional rent due under this Lease.

 

Addendum 1, Page 1


Addendum 2

Option to Extend

This Addendum (the “Addendum”) is incorporated as a part of that certain Industrial Lease dated February 22, 2007 (the “Lease”), by and between AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Sigma Designs, Inc., a California corporation (“Tenant”), for the leasing of those certain premises commonly known as 1778 McCarthy Boulevard, Milpitas, California, as more particularly described in Exhibit A to the Lease (the “Premises”). Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.

1. Grant of Extension Option . Subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in Paragraph 5 below, Tenant shall have an Option (“Option”) to extend the initial term of the Lease for three (3) years (the “Extended Term”).

2. Tenant’s Option Notice . Tenant shall have the right to deliver written notice to Landlord of its intent to exercise this Option (the “Option Notice”). If Landlord does not receive the Option Notice from Tenant on a date which is neither more than twelve (12) months nor less than ten (10) months prior to the end of the initial term of the Lease, all rights under this Option shall automatically terminate and shall be of no further force or effect. Upon the proper exercise of this Option, subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in Paragraph 5 below, the initial term of the Lease shall be extended for the Extended Term.

3. Establishing the Initial Monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term . The initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term shall be equal to the then Fair Market Rental Rate, as hereinafter defined. As used herein, the “Fair Market Rental Rate” payable by Tenant for the Extended Term shall mean the Base Rent for comparable space at which non-equity tenants, as of the commencement of the lease term for the Extended Term, will be leasing non-sublease, non-equity, unencumbered space comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises for a comparable term, which comparable space is located in the Building and in other comparable first-class buildings in the vicinity of the Building, taking into consideration the condition and value of existing tenant improvements in the Premises, the credit-worthiness of the tenant, the duration of the term, any rental or other concessions granted, whether a broker’s commission or finder’s fee will be paid, and the payment or non-payment of a tenant improvement allowance. The Fair Market Rental Rate shall include the periodic rental increases that would be included for space leased for the period of the Extended Term.

If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Extended Term within ten (10) days of receipt by Landlord of the Option Notice for the Extended Term, Landlord and Tenant each, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a competent and impartial commercial real estate broker (hereinafter “broker”) with at least five (5) years’ full-time commercial real estate brokerage experience in the geographical area of the Premises to set the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Extended Term. If either Landlord or Tenant does not appoint a broker within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its broker, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Extended Term. If two (2) brokers are appointed by Landlord and Tenant as stated in this paragraph, they shall meet promptly and attempt to set the Fair Market Rental Rate. In addition, if either of the first two (2) brokers fails to submit their opinion of the Fair Market Rental Rate within the time frames set forth below, then the single Fair Market Rental Rate submitted shall automatically be the initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If the two (2) brokers are unable to agree within ten (10) days after the second broker has been appointed, they shall attempt to select a third broker, meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the last day the two (2) brokers are given to set the Fair Market Rental Rate. If the two (2) brokers are unable to agree on the third broker, either Landlord or Tenant by giving ten (10) days’ written notice to the other party, can apply to the Presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the county in which the Premises is located for the selection of a third broker who meets the qualifications stated in this paragraph. Landlord and Tenant each shall bear one-half (  1 / 2 ) of the cost of appointing the third broker and of paying the third broker’s fee. The third broker, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either Landlord or Tenant. Within fifteen (15) days after the selection of the third broker, the third broker shall select one of the two Fair Market Rental Rates submitted by the first two brokers as the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Extended Term. The determination of the Fair Market Rental Rate by the third broker shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

In no event shall the monthly Base Rent for any period of the Extended Term be less than the highest monthly Base Rent charged during the initial term of the Lease. Upon determination of the initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term in accordance with the terms outlined above, Landlord and Tenant shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease. Such amendment shall set forth among other things, the initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term and the actual commencement date and expiration date of the Extended Term. Tenant shall have no other right to extend the term of the Lease under this Addendum unless Landlord and Tenant otherwise agree in writing.

4. Condition of Premises and Brokerage Commissions for the Extended Term . If Tenant timely and properly exercises this Option, in strict accordance with the terms contained herein: (1) Tenant shall accept the Premises in its then “As-Is” condition and, accordingly, Landlord shall not be required to perform any additional improvements to the Premises; and (2) each Party hereby agrees that it will be solely responsible for any and all brokerage commissions and finder’s fees payable to any broker now or hereafter procured or hired by such Party or who otherwise claims a commission through such Party (“Broker”) in connection with the Option. Each Party hereby further agrees that the other Party shall in no event or circumstance be responsible for the payment of any such commissions and fees to the other party’s Broker, and each Party shall indemnify, defend and hold the other Party

 

Addendum 2, Page 1


free and harmless against any liability, claim, judgment, or damages with respect thereto, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

5. Limitations On, and Conditions To, Extension Option . This Option is personal to Tenant (and any Affiliate) and may not be assigned to any other party, voluntarily or involuntarily, separate from or as part of the Lease. At Landlord’s option, all rights of Tenant under this Option shall terminate and be of no force or effect if any of the following individual events occur or any combination thereof occur: (1) Tenant is in Default of any provision of the Lease on the date Landlord receives the Option Notice; and/or (2) except with respect to an Affiliate, Tenant has assigned its rights and obligations under all or part of the Lease or Tenant has subleased more than ten percent (10%) of the Premises; and/or (3) there has occurred a material and adverse change in Tenant’s financial condition from the Commencement Date to the date the Option Notice is delivered to Landlord; and/or (4) Tenant has failed to exercise properly this Option in a timely manner in strict accordance with the provisions of this Addendum; and/or (5) Tenant no longer has possession of all or any part of the Premises under the Lease, or if the Lease has been terminated earlier, pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Lease.

6. Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to each and every time period described in this Addendum.

 

Addendum 2, Page 2

Exhibit 10.16

February 4, 2007

Mark Kent

1135 Palomar Drive

Redwood City, CA 94062

Dear Mark:

We are delighted to offer you a position as the Chief Financial Officer, reporting to Thinh Tran, President and Chief Executive Officer of Sigma Designs, Inc. This is an exempt position with an initial bi-weekly rate equivalent to $225,000 per year.

Additionally, you are offered a time-time sign-on incentive bonus of $25,000.00. You agree that if you voluntarily terminate your employment with Sigma Designs within one year of your hire date, on your last day you will reimburse this sign-on bonus in full to Sigma Designs.

We will recommend to the Board of Directors that you be granted an option for 120,000 shares of Sigma Designs stock under our ISO plan. The vesting period will be five (5) years (20% per year) and the price will be the market price on the date of the grant.

As a regular employee of the Company, you will be eligible to participate in a number of Company-sponsored benefits, including those that are described in the benefits summary. Employment with the Company is not for a specific term and can be terminated by you or by the Company at any time, for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations which may have been made or which may be made to you, are superseded by this offer. Any additions to or modifications of this term of your employment would have to be made in writing and signed by you and the President of the Company. This offer is contingent upon your executing an Employee Confidential Information Agreement. If you accept the offer, the terms described in this letter shall be the terms of your employment.

Mark, we are excited about having you join us and look forward to a beneficial and fruitful relationship for you and the Company.

To indicate your acceptance, please sign and return to me one original of this letter. This offer will remain valid through February 5, 2007, and I hope to have your acceptance well before that time.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ Maggie Anderson

Maggie Anderson

Human Resources Director

ACKNOWLEDGMENT & ACCEPTANCE

I have read, understand and accept, the above-described terms and conditions of employment and will join Sigma Designs on 2/5/07.

 

Signed:

 

/s/ Mark R. Kent

    Date:  

2/5/07

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We have issued our reports dated April 19, 2007, accompanying the consolidated financial statements and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Sigma Designs, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007. We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration statements of Sigma Designs, Inc. on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-132303, effective March 9, 2006, File No. 333-128895, effective October 7, 2005, File No. 333-114374, effective April 9, 2004, File No. 333-106978, effective July 11, 2003, File No. 333-103513, effective February 28, 2003, File No. 333-83126, effective February 21, 2002, File No. 333-64234, effective June 29, 2001, File No. 333-86875, effective September 10, 1999, and File No. 333-04041, effective May 20, 1996.)

/s/ A RMANINO M C K ENNA LLP

San Jose, California

April 19, 2007

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A)

I, Thinh Tran, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Sigma Designs, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 20, 2007

 

/s/    T HINH T RAN        

Thinh Tran
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY

PURSUANT TO

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13A-14(A) AND 15D-14(A)

I, Mark Kent, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Sigma Designs, Inc.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 20, 2007

 

/s/    M ARK K ENT        

Mark Kent
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Thinh Tran, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Sigma Designs, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Sigma Designs, Inc.

 

By:  

/s/     T HINH T RAN        

  Thinh Tran
 

Chairman of the Board, President and

Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 20, 2007

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark Kent, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Sigma Designs, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Sigma Designs, Inc.

 

By:  

/s/    M ARK K ENT        

  Mark Kent
  Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Date: April 20, 2007